Vaniquotes - User contributions [en]

Mix (CC and Other Books)

2011-12-16T10:56:09Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"mix"|"mixes"|"mixing"}}
{{notes|}}
{{compiler|Visnu Murti|Bhaktavasagovinda}}
{{complete|ALL}}
{{first|10Dec11}}
{{last|16Dec11}}
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=28|OB=19|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}
{{total|47}}
{{toc right}}
[[Category:mix|1]]
[[Category:Compilations from Books]]
</div>
<div id="Sri_Caitanya-caritamrta" class="section" sec_index="2" parent="compilation" text="Sri Caitanya-caritamrta"><h2>Sri Caitanya-caritamrta</h2>
</div>
<div id="CC_Adi-lila" class="sub_section" sec_index="1" parent="Sri_Caitanya-caritamrta" text="CC Adi-lila"><h3>CC Adi-lila</h3>
</div>
<div id="CCAdi522_0" class="quote" parent="CC_Adi-lila" book="CC" index="626" link="CC Adi 5.22" link_text="CC Adi 5.22">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Adi 5.22|CC Adi 5.22, Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="purport text"><p style="display: inline;">As already described, a yogī can go anywhere he desires without mechanical help, for a yogī can place his mind and intelligence within the air circulating inside his body, and by practicing the art of breath control he can mix that air with the air that blows all over the universe outside his body. With the help of this universal air, a yogī can travel to any planet and get a body suitable for its atmosphere. We can understand this process by comparing it to the electronic transmission of radio messages. With radio transmitters, sound waves produced at a certain station can travel all over the earth in seconds. But sound is produced from the ethereal sky, and as already explained, subtler than the ethereal sky is the mind, and finer than the mind is the intelligence. Spirit is still finer than the intelligence, and by nature it is completely different from matter. Thus we can just imagine how quickly the spirit soul can travel through the universal atmosphere.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCAdi566_1" class="quote" parent="CC_Adi-lila" book="CC" index="669" link="CC Adi 5.66" link_text="CC Adi 5.66">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Adi 5.66|CC Adi 5.66, Translation and Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="trans text"><p style="display: inline;">The reflected rays of His body mix with māyā, and thus māyā gives birth to myriad universes.</p>
</div>
<div class="purport text"><p>The Vedic conclusion is that the cosmic manifestation visible to the eyes of the conditioned soul is caused by the Absolute Truth, the Personality of Godhead, through the exertion of His specific energies, although in the conclusion of atheistic deliberations this manifested cosmic exhibition is attributed to material nature. The energy of the Absolute Truth is exhibited in three ways: spiritual, material and marginal. The Absolute Truth is identical with His spiritual energy. Only when contacted by the spiritual energy can the material energy work and the temporary material manifestations thus appear active. In the conditioned state the living entities of the marginal energy are a mixture of spiritual and material energies. The marginal energy is originally under the control of the spiritual energy, but, under the control of the material energy, the living entities have been wandering in forgetfulness within the material world since time immemorial.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCAdi566_2" class="quote" parent="CC_Adi-lila" book="CC" index="669" link="CC Adi 5.66" link_text="CC Adi 5.66">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Adi 5.66|CC Adi 5.66, Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="purport text"><p style="display: inline;">The origin of creation is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As confirmed in the Bhagavad-gītā (9.10), the cosmic manifestation is working under the direction of the Supreme Lord, who invests the material energy with three material qualities. Agitated by these qualities, the elements supplied by the material energy produce varieties of things, just as an artist produces varieties of pictures by mixing the three colors red, yellow and blue. Yellow represents the quality of goodness, red represents passion, and blue represents ignorance. Therefore the colorful material creation is but an interaction of these three qualities, represented in eighty-one varieties of mixtures (3 x 3 equaling 9, 9 x 9 thus equaling 81). Deluded by material energy, the conditioned soul, enamored by these eighty-one varieties of manifestations, wants to lord it over material energy, just as a moth wants to enjoy a fire. This illusion is the net result of the conditioned soul's forgetfulness of his eternal relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. When conditioned, the soul is impelled by the material energy to engage in sense gratification, whereas one enlightened by the spiritual energy engages himself in the service of the Supreme Lord in his eternal relationship.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCAdi73132_3" class="quote" parent="CC_Adi-lila" book="CC" index="978" link="CC Adi 7.31-32" link_text="CC Adi 7.31-32">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Adi 7.31-32|CC Adi 7.31-32, Translation and Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="trans text"><p style="display: inline;">Seeing that the Māyāvādīs and others were fleeing, Lord Caitanya thought, "I wanted everyone to be immersed in this inundation of love of Godhead, but some of them have escaped. Therefore I shall devise a trick to drown them also."</p>
</div>
<div class="purport text"><p>Here is an important point. Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu wanted to invent a way to capture the Māyāvādīs and others who did not take interest in the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. This is the symptom of an ācārya. An ācārya who comes for the service of the Lord cannot be expected to conform to a stereotype, for he must find the ways and means by which Kṛṣṇa consciousness may be spread. Sometimes jealous persons criticize the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement because it engages equally both boys and girls in distributing love of Godhead. Not knowing that boys and girls in countries like Europe and America mix very freely, these fools and rascals criticize the boys and girls in Kṛṣṇa consciousness for intermingling. But these rascals should consider that one cannot suddenly change a community's social customs. However, since both the boys and the girls are being trained to become preachers, those girls are not ordinary girls but are as good as their brothers who are preaching Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Therefore, to engage both boys and girls in fully transcendental activities is a policy intended to spread the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. These jealous fools who criticize the intermingling of boys and girls will simply have to be satisfied with their own foolishness because they cannot think of how to spread Kṛṣṇa consciousness by adopting ways and means that are favorable for this purpose. Their stereotyped methods will never help spread Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Therefore, what we are doing is perfect by the grace of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu, for it is He who proposed to invent a way to capture those who strayed from Kṛṣṇa consciousness.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCAdi746_4" class="quote" parent="CC_Adi-lila" book="CC" index="992" link="CC Adi 7.46" link_text="CC Adi 7.46">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Adi 7.46|CC Adi 7.46, Translation and Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="trans text"><p style="display: inline;">As a matter of principle, Lord Caitanya regularly accepted His food at the house of Tapana Miśra. He never mixed with other sannyāsīs, nor did He accept invitations from them.</p>
</div>
<div class="purport text"><p>This exemplary behavior of Lord Caitanya definitely proves that a Vaiṣṇava sannyāsī cannot accept invitations from Māyāvādī sannyāsīs or intimately mix with them.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCAdi755_5" class="quote" parent="CC_Adi-lila" book="CC" index="1001" link="CC Adi 7.55" link_text="CC Adi 7.55">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Adi 7.55|CC Adi 7.55, Translation and Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="trans text"><p style="display: inline;">"My dear Lord, I know that You never mix with other sannyāsīs, but please be merciful unto me and accept my invitation."</p>
</div>
<div class="purport text"><p>An ācārya, or great personality of the Vaiṣṇava school, is very strict in his principles, but although he is as hard as a thunderbolt, sometimes he is as soft as a rose. Thus actually he is independent. He follows all the rules and regulations strictly, but sometimes he slackens this policy. It was known that Lord Caitanya never mixed with the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs, yet He conceded to the request of the brāhmaṇa, as stated in the next verse.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCAdi1765_6" class="quote" parent="CC_Adi-lila" book="CC" index="2002" link="CC Adi 17.65" link_text="CC Adi 17.65">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Adi 17.65|CC Adi 17.65, Translation and Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="trans text"><p style="display: inline;">Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu blessed Mukunda Datta with punishment and in that way vanquished all his mental depression.</p>
</div>
<div class="purport text"><p>Mukunda Datta was once forbidden to enter the association of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu because of his mixing with the Māyāvādī impersonalists. When Lord Caitanya manifested His mahā-prakāśa, He called all the devotees one after another and blessed them, while Mukunda Datta stood outside the door. The devotees informed the Lord that Mukunda Datta was waiting outside, but the Lord replied, "I shall not soon be pleased with Mukunda Datta, for though he explains devotional service among devotees, he then goes to Māyāvādīs to hear from them the Yoga-vāśiṣṭha-rāmāyaṇa, which is full of Māyāvāda philosophy. For this I am greatly displeased with him." Hearing the Lord speak in that way, Mukunda Datta, standing outside, was exceedingly glad that the Lord would at some time be pleased with him, although He was not pleased at that moment. But when the Lord understood that Mukunda Datta was going to give up the association of the Māyāvādīs for good, He was pleased, and He at once called to see Mukunda. Thus He delivered him from the association of the Māyāvādīs and gave him the association of pure devotees.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CC_Madhya-lila" class="sub_section" sec_index="2" parent="Sri_Caitanya-caritamrta" text="CC Madhya-lila"><h3>CC Madhya-lila</h3>
</div>
<div id="CCMadhya141_0" class="quote" parent="CC_Madhya-lila" book="CC" index="40" link="CC Madhya 1.41" link_text="CC Madhya 1.41">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 1.41|CC Madhya 1.41, Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="purport text"><p style="display: inline;">In the northern division (uttara-vibhāga) there is a description of the indirect mellows of devotional service—namely, devotional service in laughter, devotional service in wonder, and devotional service in chivalry, pity, anger, dread and ghastliness. There are also mixing of mellows and the transgression of different humors. Thus there are nine waves in this part. This is but a brief outline of the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCMadhya336_1" class="quote" parent="CC_Madhya-lila" book="CC" index="417" link="CC Madhya 3.36" link_text="CC Madhya 3.36">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 3.36|CC Madhya 3.36, Translation and Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="trans text"><p style="display: inline;">Advaita Ācārya then explained that at that spot the Ganges and Yamunā flow together. On the western side was the Yamunā, and on the eastern side was the Ganges.</p>
</div>
<div class="purport text"><p>The Ganges and Yamunā mix at the confluence at Allahabad (Prayāga). The Yamunā flows from the western side and the Ganges from the eastern, and they merge. Since Caitanya Mahāprabhu bathed on the western side, He actually took His bath in the river Yamunā.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCMadhya462_2" class="quote" parent="CC_Madhya-lila" book="CC" index="659" link="CC Madhya 4.62" link_text="CC Madhya 4.62">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 4.62|CC Madhya 4.62, Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="purport text"><p style="display: inline;">In his commentary on this occasion, Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura quotes from the Hari-bhakti-vilāsa. Barley powder, wheat powder, vermilion powder, urad dhal powder and another powder preparation called āvāṭā (made by mixing banana powder and ground rice) are applied to the Deity's body with a brush made from the hair at the end of a cow's tail. This produces a nice finish. The oil smeared over the body of the Deity should be scented. To perform the mahā-snāna, at least two and a half mānas (about twenty-four gallons) of water are needed to pour over the body of the Deity.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCMadhya4133_3" class="quote" parent="CC_Madhya-lila" book="CC" index="730" link="CC Madhya 4.133" link_text="CC Madhya 4.133">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 4.133|CC Madhya 4.133, Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="purport text"><p style="display: inline;">Mundane rascals cannot understand that whatever Kṛṣṇa does, being absolute in nature, is all-good. This quality of the Lord is explained in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.33.29). One may consider certain acts of a supremely powerful person to be immoral by mundane calculations, but this is not actually the case. For example, the sun absorbs water from the surface of the earth, but it does not absorb water only from the sea. It also absorbs water from filthy sewers and ditches containing urine and other impure substances. The sun is not polluted by absorbing such water. Rather, the sun makes the filthy place pure. If a devotee approaches the Supreme Personality of Godhead for an immoral or improper purpose, he nonetheless becomes purified; the Lord does not become infected. In Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.29.15) it is stated that if one approaches the Supreme Lord even out of lust, anger or fear (kāmaṁ krodhaṁ bhayam), he is purified. The gopīs, being young girls, approached Kṛṣṇa because He was a beautiful young boy. From the external point of view, they approached the Lord out of lust, and the Lord danced with them at midnight. From the mundane point of view, these activities may appear immoral because a married or unmarried young girl cannot leave home to mix with a young boy and dance with him. Although this is immoral from the mundane viewpoint, the activities of the gopīs are accepted as the highest form of worship because it was Lord Kṛṣṇa whom they approached with lusty desires in the dead of night.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCMadhya8210_4" class="quote" parent="CC_Madhya-lila" book="CC" index="1613" link="CC Madhya 8.210" link_text="CC Madhya 8.210">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 8.210|CC Madhya 8.210, Translation and Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="trans text"><p style="display: inline;">“When the nectar of Kṛṣṇa's pastimes is sprinkled on that creeper, the happiness derived by the twigs, flowers and leaves is ten million times greater than that derived by the creeper itself.</p>
</div>
<div class="purport text"><p>In his Amṛta-pravāha-bhāṣya, Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura states, “Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī is the creeper of love of Godhead, and the gopīs are exactly like twigs, flowers and leaves. When water is sprinkled on the creeper, the twigs, flowers and leaves indirectly receive all the benefits of the creeper itself. But water sprinkled directly on the twigs, leaves and flowers is not as effective as water sprinkled on the creeper's root. The gopīs are not as pleased when they directly mix with Kṛṣṇa as when they serve to unite Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī with Kṛṣṇa. Their transcendental pleasure lies in uniting Them.”</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCMadhya13187_5" class="quote" parent="CC_Madhya-lila" book="CC" index="2917" link="CC Madhya 13.187" link_text="CC Madhya 13.187">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 13.187|CC Madhya 13.187, Translation and Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="trans text"><p style="display: inline;">Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya informed the King, "The Lord is very satisfied with you. By pointing you out, He was teaching His personal associates how to behave with mundane people."</p>
</div>
<div class="purport text"><p>Although outwardly the King was a mundane man interested in money and women, internally he was purified by devotional activities. He showed this by engaging as a street sweeper to please Lord Jagannātha. A person may appear to be a pounds-and-shillings man interested in money and women, but if he is actually very meek and humble and surrendered to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he is not mundane. Such a judgment can be made only by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and His very confidential devotees. As a general principle, however, no devotee should intimately mix with mundane people interested in money and women.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCMadhya1496_6" class="quote" parent="CC_Madhya-lila" book="CC" index="3036" link="CC Madhya 14.96" link_text="CC Madhya 14.96">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 14.96|CC Madhya 14.96, Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="purport text"><p style="display: inline;">Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura has pointed out that this vṛndāvana-vihāra—the pastimes of Vṛndāvana—does not refer to Kṛṣṇa's mixing with the gopīs or the transcendental mellow of parakīya-rasa. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu's vṛndāvana-līlā in the garden of Jagannātha Purī did not involve association with women or with other people's wives in the fashion transcendentally demonstrated by Śrī Kṛṣṇa. In His vṛndāvana-līlā, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu conceived of Himself as the assistant of Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī. When Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī enjoyed the company of Kṛṣṇa, Her maidservants were very pleased. One should not compare Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu's vṛndāvana-vihāra in the garden of Jagannātha with the activities of the gaurāṅga-nāgarīs.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCMadhya1672_7" class="quote" parent="CC_Madhya-lila" book="CC" index="3567" link="CC Madhya 16.72" link_text="CC Madhya 16.72">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 16.72|CC Madhya 16.72, Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="purport text"><p style="display: inline;">"Attraction and love for God are the ultimate goal of devotional service. The degrees of such attraction and love distinguish the different stages of devotion—neophyte, intermediate and perfectional." ([[Vanisource:CC Madhya 22.71|CC Madhya 22.71]]) An intermediate devotee is greatly attracted to chanting the holy name, and by chanting he is elevated to the platform of love. If one chants the holy name of the Lord with great attachment, he can understand his position as an eternal servant of the spiritual master, other Vaiṣṇavas and Kṛṣṇa Himself. Thus the intermediate Vaiṣṇava considers himself kṛṣṇa-dāsa, Kṛṣṇa's servant. He therefore preaches Kṛṣṇa consciousness to innocent neophytes and stresses the importance of chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra. An intermediate devotee can identify the nondevotee or motivated devotee. The motivated devotee or the nondevotee are on the material platform, and they are called prākṛta. The intermediate devotee does not mix with such materialistic people. However, he understands that the Supreme Personality of Godhead and everything related to Him are on the same transcendental platform. Actually none of them are mundane.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCMadhya19187_8" class="quote" parent="CC_Madhya-lila" book="CC" index="4425" link="CC Madhya 19.187" link_text="CC Madhya 19.187">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 19.187|CC Madhya 19.187, Translation and Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="trans text"><p style="display: inline;">“In addition to the five direct mellows, there are seven indirect mellows, known as laughter, wonder, chivalry, compassion, anger, disaster and fear.</p>
</div>
<div class="purport text"><p>Hāsya, adbhuta, vīra, karuṇa, raudra, bhaya and bībhatsa—the seven indirect mellows—are explained in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (4.1.6). The hāsya-bhakti-rasa, laughing devotion, is explained as follows:</p>
:vakṣyamāṇair vibhāvādyaiḥ puṣṭiṁ hāsa-ratir gatā
:hāsya-bhakti-raso nāma budhair eṣa nigadyate
<p>"When through devotional service a laughing attachment to Kṛṣṇa is developed, it is called hāsya-bhakti-rasa by learned scholars."</p>
<p>Similarly, adbhuta-rasa is described in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (4.2.1):</p>
:ātmocitair vibhāvādyaiḥ svādyatvaṁ bhakta-cetasi
:sā vismaya-ratir nītādbhuta-bhakti-raso bhavet
<p>“When one's general attachment is fixed in wonder, it is called adbhuta-bhakti-rasa.”</p>
<p>Vīra-bhakti-rasa is described as follows (B.r.s. 4.3.1):</p>
:saivotsāha-ratiḥ sthāyī vibhāvādyair nijocitaḥ
:ānīyamānā svādyatvaṁ vīra-bhakti-raso bhavet
:yuddha-dāna-dayā-dharmaiś caturdhā-vīra ucyate
<p>"When attachment to Kṛṣṇa mixes with the bellicose tendency, the charitable tendency or the merciful tendency in the heart of the devotee, such devotion is called vīra-bhakti-rasa."</p>
<p>Karuṇa-bhakti-rasa is described as follows (B.r.s. 4.4.1):</p>
:ātmocitair vibhāvādyair nītā puṣṭiṁ satāṁ hṛdi
:bhavec choka-ratir bhakti-raso hi karuṇābhidhaḥ
<p>“When one's devotional attitude and attachment for Kṛṣṇa is mixed with lamentation, it is called karuṇa-bhakti-rasa.”</p>
<p>Similarly, raudra-bhakti-rasa is described as follows (B.r.s. 4.5.1):</p>
:nītā krodha-ratiḥ puṣṭiṁ vibhāvādyair nijocitaiḥ
:hṛdi bhakta-janasyāsau raudra-bhakti-raso bhavet
<p>"When devotion is mixed with anger in the heart of the devotee, the taste is called raudra-bhakti-rasa."</p>
<p>Bhayānaka-bhakti-rasa is described as follows (B.r.s. 4.6.1):</p>
:vakṣyamāṇair vibhāvādyaiḥ puṣṭiṁ bhaya-ratir gatā
:bhayānakābhidho bhakti-raso dhīrair udīryate
<p>"When devotion is mixed with fear, it is called bhayānaka-bhakti-rasa."</p>
<p>Bībhatsa-bhakti-rasa is described as follows (B.r.s. 4.7.1):</p>
:puṣṭiṁ nija-vibhāvādyair jugupsā-ratir āgatā
:asau bhakti-raso dhīrair bībhatsākhya itīryate
<p>“When one's attachment for Kṛṣṇa develops in an abominable way, and the devotee enjoys it, that is called bībhatsa-bhakti-rasa.”</p>
<p>In conclusion, when a pure devotee is situated in any of the five principal mellows (śānta, dāsya, sakhya, vātsalya or madhura) and that mellow is mixed with one or more of the seven indirect bhakti-rasas (hāsya, adbhuta, vīra, karuṇa, raudra, bhayānaka or bībhatsa), the indirect mellows become prominent.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCMadhya2063_9" class="quote" parent="CC_Madhya-lila" book="CC" index="4555" link="CC Madhya 20.63" link_text="CC Madhya 20.63">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 20.63|CC Madhya 20.63, Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="purport text"><p style="display: inline;">As stated in the Bhagavad-gītā (18.61), īśvaraḥ sarva-bhūtānāṁ hṛd-deśe "rjuna tiṣṭhati. Staying within everyone"s heart, Lord Kṛṣṇa works very gravely. No one can understand how He is working, but as soon as the Lord understands the sincere activity of a person in devotional service, He helps him in such a way that the devotee cannot understand how things are happening. If the devotee is determined to serve the Lord, the Lord is always prepared to help him (dadāmi buddhi-yogaṁ taṁ yena mām upayānti te). Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is telling Sanātana Gosvāmī how merciful the Lord is. Sanātana Gosvāmī was a minister in the service of Nawab Hussain Shah. He was always mixing with materially inclined people, particularly with Muslims, meat-eaters. Although he was in intimate touch with them, by Kṛṣṇa's mercy he came to find such association distasteful. Therefore he left them. As stated by Śrīnivāsa Ācārya, tyaktvā tūrṇam aśeṣa-maṇḍala-pati-śreṇīṁ sadā tuccha-vat. Kṛṣṇa enlightened Sanātana Gosvāmī in such a way that he was able to give up his exalted post as minister. Thinking his material position insignificant, Sanātana was prepared to become a mendicant. Appreciating the activities of Sanātana Gosvāmī, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu praised his action and thanked Kṛṣṇa for His mercy upon him.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCMadhya2271_10" class="quote" parent="CC_Madhya-lila" book="CC" index="5112" link="CC Madhya 22.71" link_text="CC Madhya 22.71">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 22.71|CC Madhya 22.71, Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="purport text"><p style="display: inline;">It should be understood that a madhyama-adhikārī, a second-class devotee, is fully convinced of Kṛṣṇa consciousness but cannot support his convictions with śāstric reference. A neophyte may fall down by associating with nondevotees because he is not firmly convinced and strongly situated. The second-class devotee, even though he cannot support his position with śāstric reference, can gradually become a first-class devotee by studying the śāstras and associating with a first-class devotee. However, if the second-class devotee does not advance himself by associating with a first-class devotee, he makes no progress. There is no possibility that a first-class devotee will fall down, even though he may mix with nondevotees to preach. Conviction and faith gradually increase to make one an uttama-adhikārī, a first-class devotee.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCMadhya2349_11" class="quote" parent="CC_Madhya-lila" book="CC" index="5251" link="CC Madhya 23.49" link_text="CC Madhya 23.49">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 23.49|CC Madhya 23.49, Translation]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="trans text"><p style="display: inline;">“Yogurt mixed with sugar candy, black pepper and camphor is very palatable and tasty. Similarly, when permanent ecstasy mixes with other ecstatic symptoms, it becomes unprecedentedly tasty.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCMadhya25277_12" class="quote" parent="CC_Madhya-lila" book="CC" index="5948" link="CC Madhya 25.277" link_text="CC Madhya 25.277">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 25.277|CC Madhya 25.277, Translation]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="trans text"><p style="display: inline;">The pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu are full of nectar, and the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa are like camphor. When one mixes these, they taste very sweet. By the mercy of the pure devotees, whoever tastes them can understand the depths of that sweetness.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CC_Antya-lila" class="sub_section" sec_index="3" parent="Sri_Caitanya-caritamrta" text="CC Antya-lila"><h3>CC Antya-lila</h3>
</div>
<div id="CCAntya2143_0" class="quote" parent="CC_Antya-lila" book="CC" index="362" link="CC Antya 2.143" link_text="CC Antya 2.143">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Antya 2.143|CC Antya 2.143, Translation and Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="trans text"><p style="display: inline;">Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is the ocean of mercy. Who can understand Him? When He chastises His dear devotees, He certainly does so to reestablish the principles of religion or duty.</p>
</div>
<div class="purport text"><p>Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura says in this connection that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the ocean of mercy, chastised Junior Haridāsa, although Junior Haridāsa was His dear devotee, to establish that one in the devotional line, engaged in pure devotional service, should not be a hypocrite. For a person engaged in devotional service in the renounced order, having intimate relationships with women is certainly hypocrisy. This chastisement was given to Junior Haridāsa as an example to future sahajiyās who might adopt the dress of the renounced order to imitate Rūpa Gosvāmī and other bona fide sannyāsīs but secretly have illicit connections with women. To teach such men, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu chastised His dear devotee Haridāsa for a slight deviation from the regulative principles. Śrīmatī Mādhavī-devī was a highly elevated devotee; therefore approaching her to ask for some rice to serve Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was certainly not very offensive. Nevertheless, just to preserve the regulative principles for the future, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu enforced the hard-and-fast rule that no one in the renounced order should intimately mix with women. Had Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu not chastised Junior Haridāsa for this slight deviation, so-called devotees of the Lord would have exploited the example of Junior Haridāsa to continue their habit of illicit connections with women unrestrictedly. Indeed, they still preach that such behavior is allowed for a Vaiṣṇava. But it is strictly not allowed. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is the teacher of the entire world, and therefore He enforced this exemplary punishment to establish that illicit sexual connections are never allowed by Vaiṣṇava philosophy. This was His purpose in chastising Junior Haridāsa. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is in fact the most magnanimous incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but He strictly prohibited illicit sex.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCAntya10138_1" class="quote" parent="CC_Antya-lila" book="CC" index="1941" link="CC Antya 10.138" link_text="CC Antya 10.138">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Antya 10.138|CC Antya 10.138, Translation]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="trans text"><p style="display: inline;">They would mix these preparations with the remnants of food from Lord Jagannātha. When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu accepted the invitations, He went sometimes alone and sometimes with His associates.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCAntya1337_2" class="quote" parent="CC_Antya-lila" book="CC" index="2263" link="CC Antya 13.37" link_text="CC Antya 13.37">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Antya 13.37|CC Antya 13.37, Translation]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="trans text"><p style="display: inline;">“Do not mix freely with the residents of Mathurā; show them respect from a distance. Because you are on a different platform of devotional service, you cannot adopt their behavior and practices.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCAntya1629_3" class="quote" parent="CC_Antya-lila" book="CC" index="2617" link="CC Antya 16.29" link_text="CC Antya 16.29">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Antya 16.29|CC Antya 16.29, Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="purport text"><p style="display: inline;">We have seen that a person who is not the son of a doctor and has not attended a medical college is sometimes able to practice medicine. By practical knowledge of how to perform a surgical operation, how to mix medicine and how to give certain medicines for certain diseases, a person can receive a certificate and be registered as a medical practitioner in the practical field. He can do a medical man's work and be known as a doctor. Although qualified medical men may consider him a quack, the government will recognize his work. Especially in India, there are many such doctors who perform their medical services perfectly. They are accepted even by the government. Similarly, if one is engaged in brahminical service or occupational duties, he must be considered a brāhmaṇa despite the family in which he is born. That is the verdict of all the śāstras.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCAntya1738_4" class="quote" parent="CC_Antya-lila" book="CC" index="2776" link="CC Antya 17.38" link_text="CC Antya 17.38">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Antya 17.38|CC Antya 17.38, Translation]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="trans text"><p style="display: inline;">“"The nectarean buttermilk of Your flute"s vibration, the nectar of Your sweet words and the nectarean sound of Your ornaments mix together to attract our ears, minds and lives. In this way You are killing us.’”</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCAntya1744_5" class="quote" parent="CC_Antya-lila" book="CC" index="2782" link="CC Antya 17.44" link_text="CC Antya 17.44">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Antya 17.44|CC Antya 17.44, Translation]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="trans text"><p style="display: inline;">“Kṛṣṇa's speech is far sweeter than nectar. Each of His jubilant words is full of meaning, and when His speech mixes with His smile, which is like camphor, the resultant sound and the deep meaning of Kṛṣṇa's words create various transcendental mellows.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCAntya1941_6" class="quote" parent="CC_Antya-lila" book="CC" index="2974" link="CC Antya 19.41" link_text="CC Antya 19.41">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Antya 19.41|CC Antya 19.41, Translation]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="trans text"><p style="display: inline;">“Kṛṣṇa's bodily luster shines like the indranīla gem and surpasses the luster of the tamāla tree. The luster of His body drives the entire world mad because Providence has made it transparent by refining the essence of the mellow of conjugal love and mixing it with moonshine.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="CCAntya1995_7" class="quote" parent="CC_Antya-lila" book="CC" index="3028" link="CC Antya 19.95" link_text="CC Antya 19.95">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:CC Antya 19.95|CC Antya 19.95, Translation and Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="trans text"><p style="display: inline;">“When sandalwood pulp is mixed with aguru, kuṅkuma, musk and camphor and spread on Kṛṣṇa's body, it combines with Kṛṣṇa's own original bodily perfume and seems to cover it.</p>
</div>
<div class="purport text"><p>In another version, the last line of this verse reads kāmadevera mana kaila curi. This means “the scent of all these substances mixes with the previous scent of Kṛṣṇa's body and steals away the mind of Cupid.”</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="Other_Books_by_Srila_Prabhupada" class="section" sec_index="3" parent="compilation" text="Other Books by Srila Prabhupada"><h2>Other Books by Srila Prabhupada</h2>
</div>
<div id="Teachings_of_Lord_Caitanya" class="sub_section" sec_index="0" parent="Other_Books_by_Srila_Prabhupada" text="Teachings of Lord Caitanya"><h3>Teachings of Lord Caitanya</h3>
</div>
<div id="TLC14_0" class="quote" parent="Teachings_of_Lord_Caitanya" book="OB" index="20" link="TLC 14" link_text="Teachings of Lord Caitanya, Chapter 14">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:TLC 14|Teachings of Lord Caitanya, Chapter 14]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">The external features exhibited on the bodies of devotees are called udbhāsvara. The vyabhicārī symptoms are thirty-three in number, and they primarily involve words uttered by the devotee and various bodily features. Different bodily features—such as dancing, trembling and laughing—sometimes mix with the vyabhicārī symptoms, which are also called sañcārī. When bhāva, anubhāva and vyabhicārī symptoms are combined, they make the devotee dive into the ocean of immortality. That ocean is called the bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu, the ocean of the pure nectar of devotional service, and one who is merged in that ocean is always rapt in transcendental pleasure on the waves and sounds of that ocean.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="TLC18_1" class="quote" parent="Teachings_of_Lord_Caitanya" book="OB" index="24" link="TLC 18" link_text="Teachings of Lord Caitanya, Chapter 18">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:TLC 18|Teachings of Lord Caitanya, Chapter 18]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">"We have been mortified by hearing unfavorable criticisms from the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs against You," they informed Lord Caitanya. "Indeed, it has become intolerable for us." They requested the Lord to do something so that these criticisms would be stopped. While they were discussing this subject, a brāhmaṇa came to Lord Caitanya and invited Him to his home. All the sannyāsīs but Caitanya Mahāprabhu had been invited, and now the brāhmaṇa came to invite Him. Knowing that the Lord did not mix with Māyāvādī sannyāsīs, the brāhmaṇa fell down at Caitanya Mahāprabhu's feet and implored Him: "Although I know that You do not accept invitations, I still implore You to come and take prasādam at my home with the other sannyāsīs. If You accept this invitation, I will consider it a special favor."</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="TLC18_2" class="quote" parent="Teachings_of_Lord_Caitanya" book="OB" index="24" link="TLC 18" link_text="Teachings of Lord Caitanya, Chapter 18">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:TLC 18|Teachings of Lord Caitanya, Chapter 18]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">According to the Śaṅkara sect, there are ten different names for sannyāsīs. Out of them, three names—Tīrtha, Āśrama and Sarasvatīare given to the sannyāsīs considered to be the most enlightened and cultured. Since Lord Caitanya was a Vaiṣṇava, He was naturally humble and meek, and He wanted to give the better sitting place to Prakāśānanda, who belonged to the Sarasvatīsampradāya. According to Śaṅkara's principles, a brahmacārī of the Bhāratī school is called Caitanya. However, although Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu took sannyāsa, He kept His brahmacārī name and did not take up the title of Bhāratī.</p>
<p>"Well, Sir," Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī continued, “You belong to our Śaṅkara sect, and You are living in Benares—so why don’t You mix with us? What is the reason? Another thing: You are a sannyāsī and are supposed to engage simply in the study of the Vedānta, but we see that instead You are always engaged in chanting and dancing and playing musical instruments. What is the reason? These are the activities of emotional and sentimental people. But You are a qualified sannyāsī. Why not engage in the study of the Vedānta? By Your effulgence it appears to us that You are just like the Supreme Nārāyaṇa, the Personality of Godhead, but by Your behavior You appear to be otherwise. So we are inquisitive to know why You act in this way.”</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="TLC23_3" class="quote" parent="Teachings_of_Lord_Caitanya" book="OB" index="29" link="TLC 23" link_text="Teachings of Lord Caitanya, Chapter 23">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:TLC 23|Teachings of Lord Caitanya, Chapter 23]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">A living entity known as a chemist can manufacture water in the laboratory by mixing hydrogen and oxygen. But in reality the living entity works under the direction of the Supreme Lord, and all the materials he uses are supplied by the Lord. Thus the Lord knows everything directly and indirectly, in minute detail, and He is fully independent as well. He can be compared to a gold mine, and the objects within the cosmic creation can be compared to ornaments made from that gold, such as gold rings, gold necklaces, and so on. The gold ring and necklace are qualitatively one with the gold in the mine, but quantitatively the gold in the mine and the gold in the ring or necklace are different. The complete philosophy of the Absolute Truth, therefore, centers about the fact that the Absolute Truth is simultaneously one with and different from His creation. Nothing is absolutely equal to the Absolute Truth, but at the same time nothing is independent of the Absolute Truth.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="TLC31_4" class="quote" parent="Teachings_of_Lord_Caitanya" book="OB" index="37" link="TLC 31" link_text="Teachings of Lord Caitanya, Chapter 31">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:TLC 31|Teachings of Lord Caitanya, Chapter 31]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">The associates of Rādhārāṇīinclude Her personal associates, called sakhīs, and Her near assistants, called mañjarīs. It is very difficult to express the dealings of Rādhārāṇī’s associates with Kṛṣṇa because they have no desire to mix with Him or enjoy with Him personally. Rather, they are always ready to help Rādhārāṇī associate with Kṛṣṇa. Their affection for Kṛṣṇa and Rādhārāṇī is so pure that they are simply satisfied when Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa are together. Indeed, their transcendental pleasure is in seeing Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa united. The actual form of Rādhārāṇī is just like a creeper embracing the tree of Kṛṣṇa, and the damsels of Vraja, the associates of Rādhārāṇī, are just like the leaves and flowers of that creeper. When a creeper embraces a tree, the leaves and flowers of the creeper automatically embrace it. The Govinda-līlāmṛta (10.16) describes the pleasure of Rādhārāṇī’s associates as follows: "Rādhārāṇī, the expansion of the pleasure potency of Kṛṣṇa, is compared to a creeper, and Her associates, the damsels of Vraja, are compared to the flowers and leaves of that creeper. When Rādhārāṇī and Kṛṣṇa enjoy Themselves, the damsels of Vraja relish the pleasure more than Rādhārāṇī Herself."</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="Nectar_of_Devotion" class="sub_section" sec_index="1" parent="Other_Books_by_Srila_Prabhupada" text="Nectar of Devotion"><h3>Nectar of Devotion</h3>
</div>
<div id="NODIntroduction_0" class="quote" parent="Nectar_of_Devotion" book="OB" index="3" link="NOD Introduction" link_text="Nectar of Devotion Introduction">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:NOD Introduction|Nectar of Devotion Introduction]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Let us offer our respectful obeisances to all the great devotees and ācāryas (holy teachers), who are compared to sharks in the great ocean of nectar and who do not care for the various rivers of liberation. Impersonalists are very fond of merging into the Supreme, like rivers that come down and merge into the ocean. The ocean can be compared to liberation, and the rivers to all the different paths of liberation. The impersonalists are dwelling in the river water, which eventually comes to mix with the ocean. They have no information, however, that within the ocean, as within the river, there are innumerable aquatic living entities. The sharks who dwell in the ocean do not care for the rivers which are gliding down into it. The devotees eternally live in the ocean of devotional service, and they do not care for the rivers. In other words, those who are pure devotees always remain in the ocean of transcendental loving service to the Lord and have no business with the other processes, which are compared to the rivers that only gradually come to the ocean.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="NOD21_1" class="quote" parent="Nectar_of_Devotion" book="OB" index="117" link="NOD 21" link_text="Nectar of Devotion 21">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:NOD 21|Nectar of Devotion 21]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Kṛṣṇa's receiving education from Sāndīpani Muni is described by Śrī Nārada Muni as follows: "In the beginning, Lord Brahmā and others are like clouds of evaporated water from the great ocean of Kṛṣṇa. In other words, Brahmā first received the Vedic education from Kṛṣṇa, as the clouds receive water from the ocean. That Vedic education or instruction which was spoken by Brahmā to the world was then reposed upon the mountain of Sāndīpani Muni. Sāndīpani Muni's instructions to Kṛṣṇa are like a reservoir of water on the mountain, which flows as a river and goes again to mix with the source, the ocean of Kṛṣṇa." To be more clear, the idea is that Kṛṣṇa actually cannot be instructed by anyone, just as the ocean does not receive water from any source but itself. It only appears that the rivers are pouring water into the ocean. So it is clear that Brahmā received his education from Kṛṣṇa, and from Brahmā, via the disciplic succession, this Vedic instruction was distributed. Sāndīpani Muni is likened to the river which is flowing down again to that same original ocean of Kṛṣṇa.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="NOD42_2" class="quote" parent="Nectar_of_Devotion" book="OB" index="287" link="NOD 42" link_text="Nectar of Devotion 42">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:NOD 42|Nectar of Devotion 42]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Another friend addressed Kṛṣṇa thus: "My dear Kṛṣṇa, O killer of Aghāsura, when You left Vṛndāvana to kill King Kaṁsa in Mathurā, all the cowherd boys became bereft of their four bhūtas (the elements earth, water, fire and space). And the fifth bhūta, the air, was flowing very rapidly within their nostrils." When Kṛṣṇa went to Mathurā to kill King Kaṁsa, all the cowherd boys became so afflicted by the separation that they almost died. When a person is dead it is said that he has given up the five elements, known as bhūtas, as the body again mixes with the five elements from which it was prepared. In this case, although the four elements earth, water, fire and ether were already gone, the remaining element, air, was still very prominent and was blowing through their nostrils furiously. In other words, after Kṛṣṇa left Vṛndāvana, the cowherd boys were always anxious about what would happen in His fight with King Kaṁsa.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="NOD49_3" class="quote" parent="Nectar_of_Devotion" book="OB" index="300" link="NOD 49" link_text="Nectar of Devotion 49">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:NOD 49|Nectar of Devotion 49]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">As already described, there are twelve different kinds of rasas, or ecstatic relationships which are shared with Kṛṣṇa. Five of these rasas are direct, and they are listed as neutrality, servitude, fraternal love, parental love and conjugal love. Seven of the rasas are indirect, and they are listed as humor, astonishment, chivalry, compassion, anger, dread and ghastliness. The five direct rasas are eternally manifested in the Vaikuṇṭha world, the spiritual kingdom, whereas the seven indirect rasas are eternally manifesting and unmanifesting in Gokula Vṛndāvana, where Kṛṣṇa displays His transcendental pastimes in the material world.</p>
<p>Very often, in addition to one's regular rasa, there is found the presence of some other rasa, and the mixture of these loving humors is sometimes compatible, or palatable, and sometimes incompatible, or unpalatable. The following is a scientific analysis of the compatibility and incompatibility of the mixtures of these various rasas, or loving moods.</p>
<p>When in the rasa of neutral love (śānta-rasa) there are found traces of ghastliness or astonishment, the result is compatible. When with this neutral love there are manifestations of conjugal love, chivalry, anger or dread, the result is incompatible.</p>
<p>When in the ecstasy of a serving humor there are manifestations of dread, neutral love or chivalry (such as dharma-vīra and dāna-vīra), the result is compatible. The ecstasy of devotional service in chivalry (yuddha-vīra) and anger are directly produced by Kṛṣṇa Himself.</p>
<p>With the ecstasy of fraternal love a mixture of conjugal love, laughter or chivalry is highly compatible. With the same fraternal love, a mixture of dread or parental love is most incompatible.</p>
<p>Although there are gulfs of differences between them, with the ecstasy of parental affection a mixture of laughter, compassion or dread is compatible.</p>
<p>With the ecstasy of parental love a mixture of conjugal love, chivalry or anger is incompatible.</p>
<p>With the ecstasy of devotion in conjugal love a mixture of laughter or fraternity is compatible.</p>
<p>According to certain expert opinions, in the ecstasy of conjugal love the feelings of chivalry known as yuddha-vīra and dharma-vīra are the only compatible additions. According to this view, except for these two humors, all other manifestations are taken as incompatible with conjugal love.</p>
<p>With the ecstasy of devotional laughter a mixture of dread, conjugal love or parental love is compatible, whereas a mixture of compassion or ghastliness is incompatible.</p>
<p>With the ecstasy of devotion in astonishment a mixture of chivalry or neutral love is compatible, whereas a mixture of anger or dread is always incompatible.</p>
<p>With the ecstasy of devotional chivalry a mixture of astonishment, laughter or servitude is compatible, whereas a mixture of dread or conjugal love is incompatible. According to some expert opinions, the ecstasy of neutral love is always compatible with devotional service in chivalry.</p>
<p>With the ecstasy of compassion in devotional service a mixture of anger or parental love is compatible, whereas a mixture of laughter, conjugal love or astonishment is always incompatible.</p>
<p>With the ecstasy of anger in devotional service a mixture of compassion or chivalry is compatible, whereas a mixture of laughter, conjugal union or dread is completely incompatible.</p>
<p>With the ecstasy of dread in devotional service a mixture of ghastliness or compassion is compatible.</p>
<p>With the ecstasy of chivalry in devotional service a mixture of conjugal union, laughter or anger is always incompatible.</p>
<p>In the ecstasy of ghastliness in devotional service, feelings of neutral love, laughter or servitude are compatible, whereas feelings of conjugal union and fraternity are incompatible.</p>
<p>The above analysis is a sample of the study of rasābhāsa, or incompatible mixing of rasas. This transcendental science of rasābhāsa can thoroughly explain the humors in ecstatic love which are compatible and incompatible with one another. When Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu was residing in Jagannātha Purī, many poets and devotees used to come to Him and offer their different kinds of poetry, but the regulation was that Lord Caitanya's secretary, Svarūpa Dāmodara, first examined all of these writings scrutinizingly, and if he would find that there were no incompatibilities in the rasas, or transcendental mellows, he would then allow the poet to approach Lord Caitanya and recite his poetry.</p>
<p>The topic of incompatibility is a very important one, and those who are pure devotees always expect to find perfect compatibility in descriptions of the different relationships with the Personality of Godhead. The study of compatibility and incompatibility sometimes becomes very involved, and a hint of why this is so is given as follows. When a friend meets another friend, the mellow produced out of that meeting is generally taken as very palatable. But actually with such meetings between two friends, there are so many feelings involved that it is difficult to ascertain when these feelings are actually becoming compatible and when they are becoming incompatible.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="Nectar_of_Instruction" class="sub_section" sec_index="2" parent="Other_Books_by_Srila_Prabhupada" text="Nectar of Instruction"><h3>Nectar of Instruction</h3>
</div>
<div id="NOI2_0" class="quote" parent="Nectar_of_Instruction" book="OB" index="3" link="NOI 2" link_text="Nectar of Instruction 2">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:NOI 2|Nectar of Instruction 2, Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="purport text"><p style="display: inline;">Another impediment is prajalpa, unnecessary talking. When we mix with a few friends, we immediately begin unnecessary talking, sounding just like croaking toads. If we must talk, we should talk about the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. Those outside of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement are interested in reading heaps of newspapers, magazines and novels, solving crossword puzzles and doing many other nonsensical things. In this fashion people simply waste their valuable time and energy. In the Western countries old men, retired from active life, play cards, fish, watch television and debate about useless socio-political schemes. All these and other frivolous activities are included in the prajalpa category. Intelligent persons interested in Kṛṣṇa consciousness should never take part in such activities.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="Krsna_The_Supreme_Personality_of_Godhead" class="sub_section" sec_index="4" parent="Other_Books_by_Srila_Prabhupada" text="Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead"><h3>Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead</h3>
</div>
<div id="KB1_0" class="quote" parent="Krsna,_The_Supreme_Personality_of_Godhead" book="OB" index="5" link="KB 1" link_text="Krsna Book 1">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:KB 1|Krsna Book 1]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Kaṁsa was the son of Ugrasena, of the Bhoja dynasty. It is said that Kaṁsa was the most demoniac of all the Bhoja dynasty kings. Immediately after hearing the prophecy from the sky, he caught hold of Devakī’s hair and was just about to kill her with his sword. Vasudeva was astonished at Kaṁsa's behavior, and in order to pacify the cruel, shameless brother-in-law, he began to speak as follows, with great reason and evidence. He said, “My dear brother-in-law Kaṁsa, you are the most famous king of the Bhoja dynasty, and people know that you are the greatest warrior and a valiant king. How is it that you are so infuriated that you are prepared to kill a woman who is your own sister at this auspicious time of her marriage? Why should you be so much afraid of death? Death is already born along with your birth. From the very day you took your birth, you began to die. Suppose you are twenty-five years old; that means you have already died twenty-five years. Every moment, every second, you are dying. Why then should you be so much afraid of death? Final death is inevitable. You may die either today or in a hundred years; you cannot avoid death. Why should you be so much afraid? Actually, death means annihilation of the present body. As soon as the present body stops functioning and mixes with the five elements of material nature, the living entity within the body accepts another body, according to his present actions and reactions. It is just like when a man walks on the street: he puts forward his foot, and when he is confident that his foot is situated on sound ground, he lifts the other foot. In this way, one after another, the bodies change and the soul transmigrates. See how the plant worms change from one twig to another so carefully! Similarly, the living entity changes his body as soon as the higher authorities decide on his next body. As long as a living entity is conditioned within this material world, he must take material bodies one after another. His next particular body is offered by the laws of nature, according to the actions and reactions of this life.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="KB29_1" class="quote" parent="Krsna,_The_Supreme_Personality_of_Godhead" book="OB" index="33" link="KB 29" link_text="Krsna Book 29">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:KB 29|Krsna Book 29]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">The words used in this connection in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam are bhagavān api. This means that although Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead and thus has no desire that needs to be fulfilled (because He is always full with six opulences), He still wanted to enjoy the company of the gopīs in the rāsa dance. Bhagavān api signifies that this dance is not like the ordinary dancing of young boys and young girls. The specific words used in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam are yogamāyām upāśritaḥ, which mean that this dancing with the gopīs is on the platform of yogamāyā, not mahāmāyā. The dancing of young boys and girls within the material world is in the kingdom of mahāmāyā, or the external energy. The rāsa dance of Kṛṣṇa with the gopīs is on the platform of yogamāyā. The difference between the platforms of yogamāyā and mahāmāyā is compared in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta to the difference between gold and iron. From the viewpoint of metallurgy, gold and iron are both metals, but the quality is completely different. Similarly, although the rāsa dance and Lord Kṛṣṇa's association with the gopīs appear like the ordinary mixing of young boys and girls, the quality is completely different. The difference is appreciated by great Vaiṣṇavas because they can understand the difference between love of Kṛṣṇa and lust.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="KB33_2" class="quote" parent="Krsna,_The_Supreme_Personality_of_Godhead" book="OB" index="37" link="KB 33" link_text="Krsna Book 33">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:KB 33|Krsna Book 33]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">In his statement, Mahārāja Parīkṣit has used several important words which require clarification. The first word, jugupsitam, means "abominable." The first doubt of Mahārāja Parīkṣit was as follows: Lord Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who had advented Himself to establish religious principles. Why then did He mix with others' wives in the dead of night and enjoy dancing, embracing and kissing? According to the Vedic injunctions, this is not allowed. Also, when the gopīs first came to Him, He gave instructions to them to return to their homes. To call the wives of other persons or young girls and enjoy dancing with them is certainly abominable according to the Vedas. Why should Kṛṣṇa have done this?</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="KB61_3" class="quote" parent="Krsna,_The_Supreme_Personality_of_Godhead" book="OB" index="65" link="KB 61" link_text="Krsna Book 61">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:KB 61|Krsna Book 61]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">The queens of Dvārakā were so fortunate that they got Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa as their husband and personal companion, although He is not approachable by exalted demigods like Brahmā. Lord Kṛṣṇa and His queens remained together as husband and wife, and Kṛṣṇa, as an ideal husband, treated them in such a way that at every moment there was an increase of transcendental bliss in their smiling exchanges, talking and mixing together. Each and every wife had hundreds and thousands of maidservants, yet when Kṛṣṇa entered the palaces of His thousands of wives, each one of them used to receive Kṛṣṇa personally by seating Him in a nice chair, worshiping Him with all requisite paraphernalia, personally washing His lotus feet, offering Him betel nuts, massaging His legs to relieve them of fatigue, fanning Him to make Him comfortable, offering all kinds of scented sandalwood pulp, oils and aromatics, putting flower garlands on His neck, dressing His hair, getting Him to lie down on the bed and assisting Him in taking His bath. Thus they served Kṛṣṇa always, in every respect, especially when He was eating. They always engaged in the service of the Lord.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="KB79_4" class="quote" parent="Krsna,_The_Supreme_Personality_of_Godhead" book="OB" index="83" link="KB 79" link_text="Krsna Book 79">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:KB 79|Krsna Book 79]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">After this incident, Lord Balarāma took permission from the brāhmaṇas assembled at Naimiṣāraṇya and, accompanied by other brāhmaṇas, went to the bank of the river Kauśikī. After taking His bath in this holy place, He proceeded toward the river Sarayū and visited the source of the river. Traveling on the bank of the Sarayū River, He gradually reached Prayāga, where there is a confluence of three rivers—the Ganges, Yamunā and Sarasvatī. Here also He took His bath, and then He worshiped in the local temples of the demigods and, as enjoined in the Vedic literature, offered oblations to the forefathers and sages. He gradually reached the āśrama of the sage Pulaha and from there went to the rivers Gaṇḍakī and Gomatī. After this He took His bath in the river Vipāśā. Then He gradually came to the bank of the Śoṇa River. (The Śoṇa River is still running as one of the big rivers in Bihar Province.) He also took His bath there and performed the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies. He continued His travels and gradually came to the pilgrimage city of Gayā, where there is a celebrated Viṣṇu temple. According to the advice of His father, Vasudeva, He offered oblations to the forefathers in this Viṣṇu temple. From here He traveled to the delta of the Ganges, where the sacred river Ganges mixes with the Bay of Bengal. This sacred place is called Gaṅgāsāgara, and at the end of January every year there is still a great assembly of saintly persons and pious men, just as there is an assembly of saintly persons in Prayāga every year called the Māgha-melā fair.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="KB87_5" class="quote" parent="Krsna,_The_Supreme_Personality_of_Godhead" book="OB" index="91" link="KB 87" link_text="Krsna Book 87">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:KB 87|Krsna Book 87]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">The living entities merged into the Supreme at the time of dissolution are compared to honey. In the honeycomb, the tastes of different flowers are conserved. When one drinks honey, one cannot distinguish what sort of honey has been collected from what sort of flower, but the palatable taste of the honey presupposes that the honey is not homogeneous but is a combination of different tastes. Another example is that although different rivers ultimately mix with the water of the sea, this does not mean that the individual identities of the rivers are thereby lost. Although the water of the Ganges and the water of the Yamunā mix with the water of the sea, the river Ganges and river Yamunā still continue to exist independently. The merging of different living entities into Brahman at the time of dissolution involves the dissolution of different types of bodies, but the living entities, along with their different tastes, remain individually submerged in Brahman until another manifestation of the material world. As the salty taste of seawater and the sweet taste of Ganges water are different and this difference continuously exists, so the difference between the Supreme Lord and the living entities continuously exists, even though at the time of dissolution they appear to merge. The conclusion is, therefore, that even when the living entities become free from all contamination of material conditions and merge into the spiritual kingdom, their individual tastes in relationship with the Supreme Lord continue to exist.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="Renunciation_Through_Wisdom" class="sub_section" sec_index="5" parent="Other_Books_by_Srila_Prabhupada" text="Renunciation Through Wisdom"><h3>Renunciation Through Wisdom</h3>
</div>
<div id="RTW16_0" class="quote" parent="Renunciation_Through_Wisdom" book="OB" index="8" link="RTW 1.6" link_text="Renunciation Through Wisdom 1.6">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:RTW 1.6|Renunciation Through Wisdom 1.6]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Only when the leaders of society center all their activities on the Supreme Lord, Viṣṇu, will these activities bring good fortune and benediction to the leaders themselves, as well as to their followers. But if the leaders avoid performing their activities for Lord Viṣṇu and instead pose as Lord Viṣṇu themselves—taking worship, wealth, and praise from their followers and returning the same to them as remnants—then others might become attracted by their pretentious renunciation and thus follow their path to doom. But nothing further will be achieved. Such leaders uselessly excite their ignorant sycophants, inducing them to perform many sinful activities. In this way such selfish leaders bring about their followers' doom simply to increase their own distinction, adoration, and wealth. Unfortunately, the leaders do not know that these miniscule portions of distinction, adoration, and wealth will be burned to ashes with their death. But the sinful methods used to acquire these temporary material advantages will beget results, which will then very subtly mix with their subtle body, namely mind, intelligence, and false ego. And these results will later become the seeds of further sinful activities, which will entangle the soul in the cycle of karmic reactions birth after birth, forcing him go through many different species of life.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="Light_of_the_Bhagavata" class="sub_section" sec_index="7" parent="Other_Books_by_Srila_Prabhupada" text="Light of the Bhagavata"><h3>Light of the Bhagavata</h3>
</div>
<div id="LOB25_0" class="quote" parent="Light_of_the_Bhagavata" book="OB" index="26" link="LOB 25" link_text="Light of the Bhagavata 25">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:LOB 25|Light of the Bhagavata 25, Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="purport text"><p style="display: inline;">Becoming one with God does not always indicate that a living being merges into the existence of the Lord. To become one with God means to attain one's original, spiritual quality. Unless one attains one's spiritual quality one cannot enter into the kingdom of God. The members of the impersonalist school explain their idea of oneness by the example of the mixing of river water with the seawater. But we should know that within the water of the sea there are living beings, who do not merge into the existence of water but keep their separate identities and enjoy life within the water. They are one with the water in the sense that they have attained the quality of living within the water. Similarly, the spiritual world is not without its separate paraphernalia. A living being can keep his separate spiritual identity in the spiritual kingdom and enjoy life with the supreme spiritual being, the Personality of Godhead.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="Narada-bhakti-sutra_sutras_1_to_8_only" class="sub_section" sec_index="10" parent="Other_Books_by_Srila_Prabhupada" text="Narada-bhakti-sutra (sutras 1 to 8 only)"><h3>Narada-bhakti-sutra (sutras 1 to 8 only)</h3>
</div>
<div id="NBS5_0" class="quote" parent="Narada-bhakti-sutra_(sutras_1_to_8_only)" book="OB" index="7" link="NBS 5" link_text="Narada Bhakti Sutra 5">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:NBS 5|Narada Bhakti Sutra 5, Translation and Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="trans text"><p style="display: inline;">A person engaged in such pure devotional service neither desires anything for sense gratification, nor laments for any loss, nor hates anything, nor enjoys anything on his personal account, nor becomes very enthusiastic in material activity.</p>
</div>
<div class="purport text"><p>According to Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī, there are six impediments to the discharge of devotional service, and also six activities favorable to progress in devotional service.</p>
<p>The first impediment is atyāhāra, overeating or accumulating more wealth than we need. When we give free rein to the senses in an effort to enjoy to the highest degree, we become degraded. A devotee should therefore eat only enough to maintain his body and soul together; he should not allow his tongue unrestricted license to eat anything and everything it likes. The Bhagavad-gītā and the great ācāryas, or spiritual masters, have prescribed certain foods for human beings, and one who eats these foods eats in the mode of goodness. These foods include grains, fruits, vegetables, milk products, and sugar—and nothing more. A devotee does not eat extravagantly; he simply eats what he offers to the Supreme Lord, Kṛṣṇa. He is interested in kṛṣṇa-prasādam (food offered to the Lord) and not in satisfying his tongue. Therefore he does not desire anything extraordinary to eat.</p>
<p>Similarly, a devotee does not wish to accumulate a large bank balance: he simply earns as much as he requires. This is called yāvad-artha or yuktāhāra. In the material world everyone is very active in earning more and more money and in increasing eating and sleeping and gratifying the senses; such is the mission of most people's lives. But these activities should be absent from the life of a devotee.</p>
<p>The next impediment Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī mentions is prayāsa, endeavoring very hard for material things. A devotee should not be very enthusiastic about attaining any material goal. He should not be like persons who engage in fruitive activities, who work very hard day and night to attain material rewards. All such persons have some ambition—to become a very big businessman, to become a great industrialist, to become a great poet or philosopher. But they do not know that even if their ambition is fulfilled, the result is temporary. As soon as the body is finished, all material achievements are also finished. No one takes with him anything he has achieved materially in this world. The only thing he can carry with him is his asset of devotional service; that alone is never vanquished.</p>
<p>The next impediment to devotional service is prajalpa, talking of mundane subject matter. Many people unnecessarily talk of the daily happenings in the newspapers and pass the time without any profit. A devotee, however, does not indulge in unnecessary talks of politics or economics. Nor is a devotee very strict in following ritualistic rules and regulations mentioned in the Vedas. Becoming enamored of these rituals is the next impediment, called niyamāgraha. Because a devotee fully engages in the supreme service of the Lord, he automatically fulfills all other obligations and doesn't have to execute all the details of Vedic rituals. As the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.5.41) says,</p>
:devarṣi-bhūtāpta-nṛṇāṁ pitṟṇāṁ
:na kiṅkaro nāyam ṛṇī ca rājan
:sarvātmanā yaḥ śaraṇaṁ śaraṇyaṁ
:gato mukundaṁ parihṛtya kartam
<p>"Every human being born in this world is immediately indebted to the demigods, the great sages, ordinary living entities, the family, society, and so on. But a person who surrenders unto the lotus feet of the Lord and engages fully in His service is no longer indebted to anyone. In other words, he has no obligations to fulfill except executing devotional service."</p>
<p>Finally, a devotee should not be greedy (laulyam), nor should he mix with ordinary materialistic men (jana-saṅga).</p>
<p>These are six negatives, or "do-nots," for the devotee; therefore one who wants to attain the perfectional stage of love of Godhead refrains from these things.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>

Organization (Letters 1970 - 1977)

2011-12-16T10:15:56Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"organization"|"organization's"|"organizations"}}
{{notes|}}
{{compiler|Visnu Murti|Bhaktavasagovinda}}
{{complete|ALL}}
{{first|14Dec11}}
{{last|16Dec11}}
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=61}}
{{total|61}}
{{toc right}}
[[Category:Organization|1]]
[[Category:Compilations from Letters]]
</div>
<div id="Correspondence" class="section" sec_index="6" parent="compilation" text="Correspondence"><h2>Correspondence</h2>
</div>
<div id="1970_Correspondence" class="sub_section" sec_index="5" parent="Correspondence" text="1970 Correspondence"><h3>1970 Correspondence</h3>
</div>
<div id="LettertoHamsadutaLosAngeles23January1970_0" class="quote" parent="1970_Correspondence" book="Let" index="43" link="Letter to Hamsaduta -- Los Angeles 23 January, 1970" link_text="Letter to Hamsaduta -- Los Angeles 23 January, 1970">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Hamsaduta -- Los Angeles 23 January, 1970|Letter to Hamsaduta -- Los Angeles 23 January, 1970]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">In the meantime, I have received one letter from Krishna das in Germany, and he reports that in Germany there is very good scope for preaching our Krishna Consciousness Movement. In this connection he writes as follows:</p>
<p>"If it is Your desire Prabhupada, with the organization of Germany's Sankirtana Party we would like to make a tour of Germany during the summer and if it is with Your blessings, to open a second temple at least by the end of 1970, either in Berlin or Munich.</p>
<p>Germany (West) has a population of over 50 million, and that is not including East Germany. In England there are over 60 million, but the difference lies in the concentration. In England there are a few large cities (London, Birmingham, Liverpool, etc.) whereas in Germany the folk are spread in hundreds of towns all over Germany, and these towns are situated only short distances apart. Another hint of Germany's importance is that the German Mark (currency) is one of the stablest monetary systems in the whole world. As you have said many times previously, the Germans are a very intelligent people. Now the only problem is to reach the people in large numbers, and this will be through SKP and new temples. Especially in main cities (Berlin, Frankfurt, Cologne, Munich, Stutgart, etc.) all of which have a population of half a million to a million (except Berlin which had three million), but they are centers of industry, trade, art, travel and all have Universities."</p>
<p>So he suggests that your assistance in Germany would be very much favorable. Do you think that for some time you can go to our German center and organize it very nicely in cooperation with other members. If so, then you decide for yourself and when you come here we shall talk further on this matter.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoJayapatakaLosAngeles2February1970_1" class="quote" parent="1970_Correspondence" book="Let" index="69" link="Letter to Jayapataka -- Los Angeles 2 February, 1970" link_text="Letter to Jayapataka -- Los Angeles 2 February, 1970">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Jayapataka -- Los Angeles 2 February, 1970|Letter to Jayapataka -- Los Angeles 2 February, 1970]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Regarding competition with Ramakrishna Mission and Yoga camps in Toronto, why should you be afraid of them? They are very insignificant organizations in the face of Krishna Consciousness Movement. Everyone says that what Ramakrishna Mission could not do in 80 years time, we have done many more times in three years time. So nobody can check this genuine movement of Krishna Consciousness by artificial means of bluff. Any sincere soul, serious in the matter of self-realization, will certainly be attracted by our Movement.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoTamalaKrsnaLosAngeles4March1970_2" class="quote" parent="1970_Correspondence" book="Let" index="146" link="Letter to Tamala Krsna -- Los Angeles 4 March, 1970" link_text="Letter to Tamala Krsna -- Los Angeles 4 March, 1970">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Tamala Krsna -- Los Angeles 4 March, 1970|Letter to Tamala Krsna -- Los Angeles 4 March, 1970]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Marriage or no marriage, that is not our problem. If we find it suitable that by marrying one will be able to serve better, than by not marrying, then one must marry—that is our principle. So as you are thinking that accepting Jyotirmayi as your wife you will be happy and your duties in Krsna consciousness will be enthused, then I have got all sanction, and you do it.</p>
<p>I know that all my spiritual children are doing very nicely as Grhasthas, and similarly I hope you shall be doing better after your marriage.</p>
<p>Organization of the European centers and the World Sankirtana Party later on—for these two reasons I called you in London. Now Mukunda, Hamsaduta, yourself, Krsna das, Umapati, Janardana, Suridas, etc., all of you are tested devotees, now do everything nicely in full cooperation. Always remain engaged in Krsna's service, then there will be no misunderstanding.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoJapanesebrothersandsistersLosAngeles10March1970_3" class="quote" parent="1970_Correspondence" book="Let" index="160" link="Letter to Japanese brothers and sisters -- Los Angeles 10 March, 1970" link_text="Letter to Japanese brothers and sisters -- Los Angeles 10 March, 1970">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Japanese brothers and sisters -- Los Angeles 10 March, 1970|Letter to Japanese brothers and sisters -- Los Angeles 10 March, 1970]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">The idea is that our loving propensity expands as vibration of air and light expands, but we do not know where it ends. The Krishna Consciousness movement teaches us this science how one can love everyone of the living entities perfectly by an easy method. We have failed to bring in peace and harmony in the human society even by such big attempts like the organization of United Nations because we do not know the method. The method is very simple, but one has to understand it in cool head. The method is simple and natural, and this movement teaches you how to do it. We teach all men to love Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. If you learn how to love Krishna, which is very easy, then immediately you love every living being simultaneously.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoBaliMardan1975SoLaCienegaBlvdLosAngelesCal90034March131970_4" class="quote" parent="1970_Correspondence" book="Let" index="164" link="Letter to Bali Mardan 1975 So. La Cienega Blvd. Los Angeles, Cal. 90034 March 13, 1970" link_text="Letter to Bali Mardan 1975 So. La Cienega Blvd. Los Angeles, Cal. 90034 March 13, 1970">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Bali Mardan 1975 So. La Cienega Blvd. Los Angeles, Cal. 90034 March 13, 1970|Letter to Bali Mardan 1975 So. La Cienega Blvd. Los Angeles, Cal. 90034 March 13, 1970]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">For being legally organized, I think if you open a branch of the ISKCON Ltd., incorporated in England, it will be easier for you. Australia is a Commonwealth property, therefore an organization already registered in England can open its branch in its dominion without any difficulty. You can simply take the registered number and date from Mukunda and get it noted by the Registrar in Sydney, and it will be alright.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoSatyabhamaLosAngeles14March1970_5" class="quote" parent="1970_Correspondence" book="Let" index="169" link="Letter to Satyabhama -- Los Angeles 14 March, 1970" link_text="Letter to Satyabhama -- Los Angeles 14 March, 1970">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Satyabhama -- Los Angeles 14 March, 1970|Letter to Satyabhama -- Los Angeles 14 March, 1970]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Regarding the organization of our theistic school at New Vrindaban, I am happy to know that you are now proceeding with regular classes. So it is better late than never, and now it will develop nicely. You are an educated and understanding devotee of Lord Krishna. Now Krishna will see your sincere cooperative efforts and He will provide all necessary facilities for continued growth of our educational center. I know the atmosphere in New Vrindaban is very, very nice, and the children will surely benefit greatly in their advancement of spiritual life. So please do it carefully, and I am certain that when we are fixed up there, many parents will like to send their children for education in our New Vrindaban school.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoAcyutanandaLosAngeles15March1970_6" class="quote" parent="1970_Correspondence" book="Let" index="170" link="Letter to Acyutananda -- Los Angeles 15 March, 1970" link_text="Letter to Acyutananda -- Los Angeles 15 March, 1970">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Acyutananda -- Los Angeles 15 March, 1970|Letter to Acyutananda -- Los Angeles 15 March, 1970]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">I am also very glad to understand that Mr. Ashok Mitra, along with his children, are singing along with your Kirtana. And thus I think many others will also join. Sriman Ashoke Mitra has donated one khol and one portable typewriter to you, and this is a sign of his service to Krishna, and thus surely he will make progress. You will be glad to learn that here in the States also many influential people and organizations are becoming very interested in our Krishna Consciousness movement, and one invitation for speaking before such a group is enclosed herewith.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoKrsnadasaLosAngeles20March1970_7" class="quote" parent="1970_Correspondence" book="Let" index="186" link="Letter to Krsna dasa -- Los Angeles 20 March, 1970" link_text="Letter to Krsna dasa -- Los Angeles 20 March, 1970">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Krsna dasa -- Los Angeles 20 March, 1970|Letter to Krsna dasa -- Los Angeles 20 March, 1970]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Yes, I am very glad to learn that Hamsaduta and Himavati have arrived with Tamala Krishna, and they have in such short order set up a good program of activities. So now your Deities are being cared for under Himavati's direction, and Sankirtana Party is more successful led by Hamsaduta and Tamala. Now with this good organization please continue to work combinedly for spreading our Krishna Consciousness movement throughout Germany. You have said that there is such great scope for preaching there, so I am very hopeful that you will be very eager to carry out this preaching work, starting many new centers.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoSubalaLosAngeles11April1970_8" class="quote" parent="1970_Correspondence" book="Let" index="230" link="Letter to Subala -- Los Angeles 11 April, 1970" link_text="Letter to Subala -- Los Angeles 11 April, 1970">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Subala -- Los Angeles 11 April, 1970|Letter to Subala -- Los Angeles 11 April, 1970]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Regarding religion, not only at present, but also in the past, all of them are described as pseudo-religions. The Bhagavat has condemned such pseudo-religion in the second verse of the first chapter, first canto. Under the spell of material energy, man is forgetful of his eternal relationship with God. They create some religion to derive some material benefit as they create political organization for mutual undisturbed sense gratification. So religion is also a part of that concept of life. As such, in most of the religions you will find some instruction on morality and goodness, and God consciousness is superfluous.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoSatsvarupaLosAngeles21April1970_9" class="quote" parent="1970_Correspondence" book="Let" index="257" link="Letter to Satsvarupa -- Los Angeles 21 April, 1970" link_text="Letter to Satsvarupa -- Los Angeles 21 April, 1970">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Satsvarupa -- Los Angeles 21 April, 1970|Letter to Satsvarupa -- Los Angeles 21 April, 1970]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Regarding organization of the artists, there is no need of wasting time for learning the art from study of texts. We should always remember that our time is very short. I think our artists should be satisfied with whatever they have learned already, that is sufficient. They should be simply be engaged in painting pictures always, and that will teach them the art sufficiently.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoMinoruKenjiLosAngeles22April1970_10" class="quote" parent="1970_Correspondence" book="Let" index="260" link="Letter to Minoru, Kenji -- Los Angeles 22 April, 1970" link_text="Letter to Minoru, Kenji -- Los Angeles 22 April, 1970">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Minoru, Kenji -- Los Angeles 22 April, 1970|Letter to Minoru, Kenji -- Los Angeles 22 April, 1970]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">The Hare Krishna movement is so potential that it can do more than what is attempted by the United Nations organization. So I shall request you to cooperate with Sudama and try to push on this movement in your country and everyone will appreciate if we present things a little carefully, although it is very simple. The program is already being executed under the supervision of Sudama and your valued cooperation will encourage him very much.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoTamalaKrsnaLosAngeles1May1970_11" class="quote" parent="1970_Correspondence" book="Let" index="283" link="Letter to Tamala Krsna -- Los Angeles 1 May, 1970" link_text="Letter to Tamala Krsna -- Los Angeles 1 May, 1970">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Tamala Krsna -- Los Angeles 1 May, 1970|Letter to Tamala Krsna -- Los Angeles 1 May, 1970]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">So for European activities, I have sent you there, and for its nice organization I am counting upon you very much. You have so kindly written to say, "Please order me in any way Your Grace desires, everything I have including myself belongs to You, and Your Grace may do with me as You wish." So it is my desire that in Europe you will kindly occasionally visit the three countries—England, France, and Germany—and see that the things are going very nicely.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoTamalaKrsnaLosAngeles1May1970_12" class="quote" parent="1970_Correspondence" book="Let" index="283" link="Letter to Tamala Krsna -- Los Angeles 1 May, 1970" link_text="Letter to Tamala Krsna -- Los Angeles 1 May, 1970">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Tamala Krsna -- Los Angeles 1 May, 1970|Letter to Tamala Krsna -- Los Angeles 1 May, 1970]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Anyway, if I go to India for some days, I am sure I shall be able to collect a considerable amount of money for this purpose, but I wish that people from this part of the world should be sympathetic with my movement. This means good organization to convince the people of the Western countries that we are doing something which is very, very much beneficial for everyone, and especially for this part of the world.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoJagadisaLosAngeles9July1970_13" class="quote" parent="1970_Correspondence" book="Let" index="411" link="Letter to Jagadisa -- Los Angeles 9 July, 1970" link_text="Letter to Jagadisa -- Los Angeles 9 July, 1970">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Jagadisa -- Los Angeles 9 July, 1970|Letter to Jagadisa -- Los Angeles 9 July, 1970]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">I am especially happy whenever I learn that my books and literature are being widely distributed, so it is very good news to learn that you are also selling so many of our literatures. In this connection, however, you should see that the daily sales are recorded duly and at the end of the week the amount owed for these sold literatures should be sent by check to L.A. I have already advised these things to you in my letter sent last week. Anyway, the idea is that now we are increasing in size of our organization and also our expenditures for literatures are increasing so we must do everything very carefully so that there will not be any difficulty.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoSyamasundaraLosAngeles19July1970_14" class="quote" parent="1970_Correspondence" book="Let" index="439" link="Letter to Syamasundara -- Los Angeles 19 July, 1970" link_text="Letter to Syamasundara -- Los Angeles 19 July, 1970">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Syamasundara -- Los Angeles 19 July, 1970|Letter to Syamasundara -- Los Angeles 19 July, 1970]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Your report for organizing village schools in England is very encouraging.* Similarly I have received report of Amsterdam also very nice. So it can be easily guessed that Europe is a very good field for spreading this movement. So in consultation with Tamala kindly take up the grammar school organization immediately. In childhood the impression taken continues life long, so try to train little English and Dutch boys to be accustomed to chant and dance.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoRupanugaBombay4November1970_15" class="quote" parent="1970_Correspondence" book="Let" index="570" link="Letter to Rupanuga -- Bombay 4 November, 1970" link_text="Letter to Rupanuga -- Bombay 4 November, 1970">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Rupanuga -- Bombay 4 November, 1970|Letter to Rupanuga -- Bombay 4 November, 1970]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">When I first came to your country I had no idea how much the American people would cooperate with my Krsna Consciousness mission. But now good boys like yourself and all my other spiritual sons and daughters all around the world have been giving me great hope that I may be able to successfully fulfill my Guru Maharaja's plan. I have formed this GBC for that purpose, to keep the devotional standards at the highest level and at the same time to manage a world-wide organization.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoMadhudvisaLosAngeles11November1970_16" class="quote" parent="1970_Correspondence" book="Let" index="583" link="Letter to Madhudvisa -- Los Angeles 11 November, 1970" link_text="Letter to Madhudvisa -- Los Angeles 11 November, 1970">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Madhudvisa -- Los Angeles 11 November, 1970|Letter to Madhudvisa -- Los Angeles 11 November, 1970]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">When my Guru Maharaja ordered me to spread this movement to the English speaking countries, I did not know how I could do it, but I never lost faith nor did I ever forget this order. Now I am wanting that we will have some temples here since our organization is international. And for this purpose money is required. One has to create money but you must know how to do it. So you have got the means to make life members. Distribute all of these books which we are getting and purchase that Hamilton Building. That will be your credit.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoBhagavanBombay24November1970_17" class="quote" parent="1970_Correspondence" book="Let" index="613" link="Letter to Bhagavan -- Bombay 24 November, 1970" link_text="Letter to Bhagavan -- Bombay 24 November, 1970">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Bhagavan -- Bombay 24 November, 1970|Letter to Bhagavan -- Bombay 24 November, 1970]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Yes, we are fighting impersonalism and voidism with pure devotional service. Impersonalism and voidism kills the natural aptitude of devotion which is lying dormant in everyone's heart. Therefore we are printing books like our KRSNA book so that people may know it that the supreme absolute truth is a person. The perfection of every living creature is to render transcendental loving service to that Supreme Person and thereby go back home, back to Godhead. Krishna has said in Bhagavad-gita that "whoever explains my transcendental glories to others is most dear to me in this world and never will there be one more dear to me than he". So go on with your organization for distribution of my books through press and other modern media and Krishna will certainly be pleased upon you. We can use everything—television, radio, movies, or whatever there may be—to tell about Krishna and outside of devotional service all these modern paraphernalia are just so much rubbish. It is very nice that you are opening another center in Cleveland, Ohio. Please do it very thoughtfully.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoSatsvarupaBombay25November1970_18" class="quote" parent="1970_Correspondence" book="Let" index="616" link="Letter to Satsvarupa -- Bombay 25 November, 1970" link_text="Letter to Satsvarupa -- Bombay 25 November, 1970">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Satsvarupa -- Bombay 25 November, 1970|Letter to Satsvarupa -- Bombay 25 November, 1970]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">I am very glad that you are trying with all the other GBC members to maintain all the various functions of our very large organization up to the standard as I have set for you. This is most important. So please always work cooperatively for this end. I know that there has been a great disturbance amongst the devotees caused recently, but now things are being rectified. You are right to say that the example and kindly guidance of our elder members in the Society is the most profound force for motivating our students both new and old towards advanced Krsna Consciousness. Neglect of following the regulative activities and so-called advancement on the basis of self-motivation are both offensive. One should sincerely try to bring himself to the stage of devotional service motivated by pure love of Krsna, and our personal example must set a guide for them.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="1971_Correspondence" class="sub_section" sec_index="6" parent="Correspondence" text="1971 Correspondence"><h3>1971 Correspondence</h3>
</div>
<div id="LettertoAdvaitaAllahabad21January1971_0" class="quote" parent="1971_Correspondence" book="Let" index="29" link="Letter to Advaita -- Allahabad 21 January, 1971" link_text="Letter to Advaita -- Allahabad 21 January, 1971">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Advaita -- Allahabad 21 January, 1971|Letter to Advaita -- Allahabad 21 January, 1971]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">I am so glad the press workers have become enlivened in their work. This is required if we at all wish to be a truly worldwide organization. Worldwide means worldwide distribution of literatures. That is the business of ISKCON Press. Now you are again in charge, so please see that everything gets done with the cooperation of GBC. Everything must be done cooperatively. Your present schedule of printing is very encouraging. The chapters of Srimad-Bhagavatam are very successful. They are selling good, that's nice. One dollar the students can easily pay and if they read, immediately they will get some sense.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoDrBaltwantSinghGorakhpur22February1971_1" class="quote" parent="1971_Correspondence" book="Let" index="77" link="Letter to Dr. Baltwant Singh -- Gorakhpur 22 February, 1971" link_text="Letter to Dr. Baltwant Singh -- Gorakhpur 22 February, 1971">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Dr. Baltwant Singh -- Gorakhpur 22 February, 1971|Letter to Dr. Baltwant Singh -- Gorakhpur 22 February, 1971]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Please accept my greetings. I beg to acknowledge receipt of your kind letter No. 2/2/3 dated 22nd January, 1971. I thank you very much for your kind invitation to our organization for visiting your place. Since a very long time I was thinking of going to your place but there was no opportunity to do so. Now as our movement is spreading all over the world and I am working at present in India, two of my disciples, husband and wife, have already gone to Trinidad. They are somewhere in Frederick Street in Trinidad. The couple's names are Vaikunthanatha Das Adhikari and Saradia Devi Dasi and they are now at present in the Port-of-Spain. I'm enclosing herein one picture of the couple. If possible you can open correspondence with them. If you find difficulty then you can refer this matter to Hayagriva Das Adhikari; c/o New Vrindaban; R.D. 3; Moundsville, W. Virginia; U.S.A. He will help you with their address. You can arrange to call this couple, Vaikunthanatha and Saradia, and after their arrival it may be possible if so requested, to send more men by suitable arrangement. I am interested to open many centers all over the world and if you help us in this matter for opening a center in Guyana, it will be a great service to the society.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoRupanugaBombay9April1971_2" class="quote" parent="1971_Correspondence" book="Let" index="145" link="Letter to Rupanuga -- Bombay 9 April, 1971" link_text="Letter to Rupanuga -- Bombay 9 April, 1971">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Rupanuga -- Bombay 9 April, 1971|Letter to Rupanuga -- Bombay 9 April, 1971]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">So far as "youth work" is concerned, it can be taken up, but our process must be followed strictly. Anyone may come but our process must remain the same. The men are expected to shave their heads and wear robes; they must attend classes, read our books, chant 16 rounds, attend arati, go for street Sankirtana, take prasadam only, etc. To have any separate institution apart from the temple, that we cannot do. Everything must be within the scope of our activities, then this "youth problem" can be solved. Our process is proven as the only effective means. If the government or any other organization gives up a place, then we can train up such youth in our own way and surely they will come out sane. That place given will be a temple. So the process remains the same, except on a larger scale. Not that there is a separate division of ISKCON to handle youth problem, but that we have a bigger temple to accommodate them is all, and then the people will see practically how we are doing the highest welfare work.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoJagadisaBombay11April1971_3" class="quote" parent="1971_Correspondence" book="Let" index="148" link="Letter to Jagadisa -- Bombay 11 April, 1971" link_text="Letter to Jagadisa -- Bombay 11 April, 1971">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Jagadisa -- Bombay 11 April, 1971|Letter to Jagadisa -- Bombay 11 April, 1971]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">"Youth work can be taken up, but our process must be followed strictly. Anyone may come but our process must remain the same. The men are expected to shave their heads and wear robes; they must attend classes, read our books, chant 16 rounds, attend arati, go for street Sankirtana, take prasadam only, etc. To have any institution apart from the temple, that we cannot do. Everything must be in the scope of our activities, then this 'youth problem' can be solved. Our process is proven as the only effective means. If the government or any other organization gives us a place, then we can train up such youth in our own way and surely they will come out sane. That place given will be a temple. So the process remains the same, except on a larger scale. Not that there is a separate division of ISKCON to handle youth problem, but that we have a bigger temple to accommodate them, is all. And then the people will see practically how we are doing the highest welfare work."</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoBhagavanBombay21April1971_4" class="quote" parent="1971_Correspondence" book="Let" index="174" link="Letter to Bhagavan -- Bombay 21 April, 1971" link_text="Letter to Bhagavan -- Bombay 21 April, 1971">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Bhagavan -- Bombay 21 April, 1971|Letter to Bhagavan -- Bombay 21 April, 1971]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Organization of book selling is more important than incense distribution. Incense sales is clearly business only. But when we sell books that means we push forward our movement. So unless it is absolutely necessary, we should not become ordinary businessmen. Try to understand this point.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoJayapatakaBombay24April1971_5" class="quote" parent="1971_Correspondence" book="Let" index="183" link="Letter to Jayapataka -- Bombay 24 April, 1971" link_text="Letter to Jayapataka -- Bombay 24 April, 1971">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Jayapataka -- Bombay 24 April, 1971|Letter to Jayapataka -- Bombay 24 April, 1971]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">I have already consented to attend Calcutta ceremony. I am not going to Russia immediately, but to Kuala Lumpur by the 30th April instead and I shall be going to Calcutta from Sydney by the 14th May. In the Sankirtana festival pandal if a very big kitchen arrangement can be made, then we shall distribute prasadam daily. Try to make this arrangement. Puri, halava, kitri—whatever can be arranged as much as possible. Tamala Krishna and Giriraja have all the ideas. Some professional men should be engaged 24 hours preparing prasadam. There are many volunteer organizations in Calcutta. They should come forward and help us distribute prasadam.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoKanupriyaBombayIndia11June1971_6" class="quote" parent="1971_Correspondence" book="Let" index="239" link="Letter to Kanupriya -- Bombay, India 11 June, 1971" link_text="Letter to Kanupriya -- Bombay, India 11 June, 1971">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Kanupriya -- Bombay, India 11 June, 1971|Letter to Kanupriya -- Bombay, India 11 June, 1971]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Yes, you should get ISKCON registered as an official religious organization. Do it seriously. Then we will be eligible for government assistance. That is very nice. So you organize it and make a very first class center there and very soon I will come and install Deity.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoMadhudvisaNairobi26September1971_7" class="quote" parent="1971_Correspondence" book="Let" index="472" link="Letter to Madhudvisa -- Nairobi 26 September, 1971" link_text="Letter to Madhudvisa -- Nairobi 26 September, 1971">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Madhudvisa -- Nairobi 26 September, 1971|Letter to Madhudvisa -- Nairobi 26 September, 1971]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Subha Laksmi is a very popular singer and dancer. I know in Delhi the Ramakrishna mission with the help of Subha Laksmi singing and Prime Minister Nehru presiding, in one day they raised fund 10 lakhs. So it requires good organization and selling of tickets, etc. I think alone Subha Laksmi can contribute 5 lakhs by her performance. So this is a good opportunity to take her help. I think you should not dictate the dates for her performance. Let her fix it up and do the needful according to her convenience.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoVamanadevaIndiraDelhi8December1971_8" class="quote" parent="1971_Correspondence" book="Let" index="563" link="Letter to Vamanadeva, Indira -- Delhi 8 December, 1971" link_text="Letter to Vamanadeva, Indira -- Delhi 8 December, 1971">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Vamanadeva, Indira -- Delhi 8 December, 1971|Letter to Vamanadeva, Indira -- Delhi 8 December, 1971]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Please accept my blessings. I am in due receipt of your letters dated 11/20/71, and I have noted the contents. I am very pleased that you have opened another Center for spreading Lord Caitanya's sublime Krishna Conscious Movement all over the world. I know you are very expert in this business of opening temples, because you have done very nicely in St. Louis temple. Now you simply carry out our routine program very nicely there in Oklahoma City, and you will meet with the same success. I am encouraged especially that my householder disciples are carrying out this task of opening centers all over the world. Such position of leadership and organization is regarded as Krishna's special favor upon you, because you are forced in this way to become very responsible and set the ideal KC example, and in this way you will make very nice advancement in spiritual life.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoGargamuniBombay22December1971_9" class="quote" parent="1971_Correspondence" book="Let" index="584" link="Letter to Gargamuni -- Bombay 22 December, 1971" link_text="Letter to Gargamuni -- Bombay 22 December, 1971">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Gargamuni -- Bombay 22 December, 1971|Letter to Gargamuni -- Bombay 22 December, 1971]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">As for municipal land, see the municipal chairman personally. We wanted land within the city. In the meantime, you can show the chairman the enclosed pictures from "Dharma Yug" magazine, latest issue, how we are a worldwide organization, as well as other clippings from Toronto, etc. So far our devotees, Americans are concerned, they have nothing to do with politics. We are ___ Nixons. A statement was issued by me and published in ____ papers stating this fact and calling on the Indian _____ my disciples as Vaisnavas, who are above all mundane. ____.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="1972_Correspondence" class="sub_section" sec_index="7" parent="Correspondence" text="1972 Correspondence"><h3>1972 Correspondence</h3>
</div>
<div id="LettertoHamsadutaSydney11April1972_0" class="quote" parent="1972_Correspondence" book="Let" index="172" link="Letter to Hamsaduta -- Sydney 11 April, 1972" link_text="Letter to Hamsaduta -- Sydney 11 April, 1972">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Hamsaduta -- Sydney 11 April, 1972|Letter to Hamsaduta -- Sydney 11 April, 1972]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Recently I have received from one Sannyasi complaint about another Sannyasi who is not chanting regularly. So our view is that we shall be strictly following the rules and regulations. Monetary matters are secondary. On principle, we should better starve than neglect our rules and regulations. We are trying to present an ideal Society to the world, so although we are very rigidly following these principles, still, we are very liberal to everyone. For this reason we are being appreciated everywhere. So anyway, I am not at all dissatisfied with you, but it is my duty to point out the mistakes. You are in charge of the Germany organization. Please do it nicely there, not very much on the material side, more on the spiritual side. Example is better than precept. Every one of you must be the perfect examples, then everyone will follow.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoAllTemplePresidentsTokyo22April1972_1" class="quote" parent="1972_Correspondence" book="Let" index="187" link="Letter to All Temple Presidents -- Tokyo 22 April, 1972" link_text="Letter to All Temple Presidents -- Tokyo 22 April, 1972">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to All Temple Presidents -- Tokyo 22 April, 1972|Letter to All Temple Presidents -- Tokyo 22 April, 1972]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">The formula for ISKCON organization is very simple and can be understood by everyone. The world is divided into twelve zones. For each zone there is one zonal secretary appointed by Srila Prabhupada. The zonal secretaries duty is to see that the spiritual principles are being upheld very nicely in all the Temples of his zone. Otherwise each Temple shall be independent and self-supporting. Let every Temple President work according to his own capacity to improve the Krishna Consciousness of his center. So far the practical management is concerned, that is required, but not that we should become too much absorbed in fancy organization. Our business is spiritual life, so whatever organization needs to be done, the Presidents may handle and take advice and assistance from their GBC representative. In this way let the Societies work go on and everyone increase their service at their own creative rate.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoBhagavanHonolulu12May1972_2" class="quote" parent="1972_Correspondence" book="Let" index="245" link="Letter to Bhagavan -- Honolulu 12 May, 1972" link_text="Letter to Bhagavan -- Honolulu 12 May, 1972">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Bhagavan -- Honolulu 12 May, 1972|Letter to Bhagavan -- Honolulu 12 May, 1972]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">I am glad to hear that you are consolidating you energies to expand Krishna consciousness more effectively throughout midwestern zone, and I am pleased to learn that you are organizing travelling Sankirtana Party. That is our real business, travel and preach, distribute literature and prasadam. I want now that all of my GBC secretaries do my work. Let me sit tight in Los Angeles and write my books. Now you be always travelling here and there, visiting the centers in your zone, seeing how things are going on and how the students are making spiritual progress. That is our real concern, the spiritual progress of life. That is duty of GBC. Practically, this ISKCON organization is there because I have been always travelling. I never sat down in my old age, no. So you follow my example and preach widely all over the world, that is Caitanya Mahaprabhu's version. We are re-apportioning the GBC zones, so now I may ask you to go to some other part of the world to see how the things are going on, that I shall settle up very soon. Will you have any objection?</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoJagadisaLosAngeles19May1972_3" class="quote" parent="1972_Correspondence" book="Let" index="262" link="Letter to Jagadisa -- Los Angeles 19 May, 1972" link_text="Letter to Jagadisa -- Los Angeles 19 May, 1972">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Jagadisa -- Los Angeles 19 May, 1972|Letter to Jagadisa -- Los Angeles 19 May, 1972]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Please accept my blessings. I beg to acknowledge receipt of your letter dated May 14, 1972 and I have noted the contents. Now I am in Los Angles and everything is going very nicely here. I think that you may also come here and see me. Rupanuga, Satsvarupa, and Bali Mardan are coming here also, at least before the 27th of this month because I am giving them the sannyasa order of life on that date along with Karandhara?. However, there is certainly no urgency for taking sannyasa. But if my senior disciples wish to take sannyasa then I shall give it. But there is no urgency. Still, you may come as there are many things which we may discuss concerning GBC and other activities. Now I want to retire, and you all appointed GBC men must do the work that I am doing. Therefore, I have recommended this traveling extensively for the GBC men, just as I am doing it. If I did not travel there would be no nice organization. Traveling and preaching, that is the Sankirtana movement. But now I am old man; let me retire for writing books in my last years.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoGargamuniMahamsaNaranarayaGirirajaLosAngeles19June1972_4" class="quote" parent="1972_Correspondence" book="Let" index="332" link="Letter to Gargamuni, Mahamsa, Naranaraya, Giriraja -- Los Angeles 19 June, 1972" link_text="Letter to Gargamuni, Mahamsa, Naranaraya, Giriraja -- Los Angeles 19 June, 1972">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Gargamuni, Mahamsa, Naranaraya, Giriraja -- Los Angeles 19 June, 1972|Letter to Gargamuni, Mahamsa, Naranaraya, Giriraja -- Los Angeles 19 June, 1972]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">My dear boys, kindly accept my blessings, and I hope by Krishna's Grace you are doing all well. This morning I received one telephone message that there is some misunderstanding between yourselves, and Giriraja, who is in charge of Bombay center. I may inform you in this connection that what I am doing to push on this great movement in the world is all with your cooperation. It is not possible for me alone to execute this great responsibility. Kindly, therefore, abide by the direction of the man in charge of the center. If there is lack of obedience then there cannot be discipline, and without discipline we cannot manage a huge world organization. I shall be returning by September next. Kindly therefore do not make any fracture during this period at least, and when I return if you all don't like the man in charge surely I shall replace him out of you. But for the time being, please do not make any rupture, and please obey by the direction of Giriraja Brahmacari.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoRevatinandanaLosAngeles25September1972_5" class="quote" parent="1972_Correspondence" book="Let" index="514" link="Letter to Revatinandana -- Los Angeles 25 September, 1972" link_text="Letter to Revatinandana -- Los Angeles 25 September, 1972">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Revatinandana -- Los Angeles 25 September, 1972|Letter to Revatinandana -- Los Angeles 25 September, 1972]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">I am encouraged also that the programs in Nottinghill Gate Church were attended by many hippies and they enjoyed the program fully. Similarly, we can hold one Hare Krsna Festival every night somewhere in London by renting halls and distributing our men in various places. That Bury Place house is small, so if there are too many men for such small space they may be dispatched to open new centers at Glasgow and other places as you see fit. Or they may stay other places in London and hold programs as we did in Wembley. Now you are experienced man, you do everything nicely by consulting with Dhananjaya and the other leaders and strive always always to please Krsna constantly. Now I am old man and a little inclined for retirement, but now our organization is expanding more and more and I simply want to see that the things get done, therefore I am relying on you, my senior disciples, to do everything nicely for Krsna. Thank you very much for helping me in this way.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoKarandharaBombay3December1972_6" class="quote" parent="1972_Correspondence" book="Let" index="598" link="Letter to Karandhara -- Bombay 3 December, 1972" link_text="Letter to Karandhara -- Bombay 3 December, 1972">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Karandhara -- Bombay 3 December, 1972|Letter to Karandhara -- Bombay 3 December, 1972]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">I have heard from Syamasundara that there may be some difficulty with tax. That must be corrected. We are world-wide organization, and we must have the cooperation of the government authorities, so we shall not create any unnecessary misunderstandings by avoiding government requirements. That will not be good for our movement. Of course, Lord Caitanya led civil disobedience movement against the government because they used show of force to stop Him performing sankirtana movement. So if there is forcing us to stop this sankirtana movement, that much we must protest. But the government of your country is very nice, I think the best in the world at present moment, and they have not made any objection, even they are allowing our boys as ministers to be given relief from this drafting system. So we shall give them all cooperation. Now that requires proper accounts in all our temples.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="1973_Correspondence" class="sub_section" sec_index="8" parent="Correspondence" text="1973 Correspondence"><h3>1973 Correspondence</h3>
</div>
<div id="LettertoTejiyasBombay5January1973_0" class="quote" parent="1973_Correspondence" book="Let" index="21" link="Letter to Tejiyas -- Bombay 5 January, 1973" link_text="Letter to Tejiyas -- Bombay 5 January, 1973">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Tejiyas -- Bombay 5 January, 1973|Letter to Tejiyas -- Bombay 5 January, 1973]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">There are four pillars of a successful business, and that is land, labor, capital and organization. So first is the land. If you get nice land, then everything else will follow. So we have got place, labor, you are gradually getting more, we have got some capital, and we are organized, therefore I see no reason that we shall not be very much successful in India, as we shall be also all over the world.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoDamodaraBombayIndia9January1973_1" class="quote" parent="1973_Correspondence" book="Let" index="23" link="Letter to Damodara -- Bombay, India 9 January, 1973" link_text="Letter to Damodara -- Bombay, India 9 January, 1973">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Damodara -- Bombay, India 9 January, 1973|Letter to Damodara -- Bombay, India 9 January, 1973]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Regarding the several smaller temples being dependent upon the central temple of Washington D.C., that is up to you to decide, but so far I am concerned, I have not got much stock in such centralized management or organization. I never wanted that any of my temples shall be dependent upon the other temples. Rather, our main business is to train up men to be self sufficient and competent in many ways to carry on the preaching work, not to make them into specialists or to minimize their responsibility by centralizing everything. If each center must rely upon its own strength to stand, that will be better training ground for the devotees. We must learn how to do all kinds of varieties of engagements on Krsna's service, not that we shall expect anyone else to act for us and thus avoid something ourselves. But for reasons of spreading Krsna Consciousness movement, we may sometimes centralize, just like the books and money for BBT are managed by Karandhara in Los Angles. In that case, for more than one man to be dealing with Dai Nippon, overseeing the general production and financial condition of the books, if that were left for each temple to manage, there would be great difficulty and the books would get neither printed nor paid for nor distributed widely. So in that case, centralized management is preferable. But in the case of new temples, it is better if they must have to struggle a little while to establish themselves in their cities, become familiar with the local city officials and leading citizens, elicit support from all quarters of the city, like that, otherwise these things will be neglected and there will be false dependency upon the outside supplies. This will deteriorate everything. Our purpose of Krsna consciousness movement is to create first class servants of Krsna, that means they know how to do everything.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoKarandharaBhaktivedantaManor19July1973_2" class="quote" parent="1973_Correspondence" book="Let" index="236" link="Letter to Karandhara -- Bhaktivedanta Manor 19 July, 1973" link_text="Letter to Karandhara -- Bhaktivedanta Manor 19 July, 1973">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Karandhara -- Bhaktivedanta Manor 19 July, 1973|Letter to Karandhara -- Bhaktivedanta Manor 19 July, 1973]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Regarding incorporation of our ISKCON centers, we want to run all our centers as nonprofit religious organizations; that is the main point. Keeping this point in view too much official control is not good in spiritual life. The centers should remain spiritually fit and independent. Some control must be there as is now. Too much control means so many vouchers. Gradually it will become a mundane institution. All our managers should be spiritually advanced simple and honest in carrying out the orders of the spiritual master and Krsna. That will be a nice standard. Democracy in spiritual affairs is not at all good but breeds power politics. We should be careful about power politics. Our only aim should be that each and every devotee is full dedicated to Krsna, then things will go on nicely.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoSudamaBombay10December1973_3" class="quote" parent="1973_Correspondence" book="Let" index="330" link="Letter to Sudama -- Bombay 10 December, 1973" link_text="Letter to Sudama -- Bombay 10 December, 1973">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Sudama -- Bombay 10 December, 1973|Letter to Sudama -- Bombay 10 December, 1973]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Please offer my blessings to Gaurasundara and Govinda dasi. I have not heard from her. She is the center of Hawaii organization. Let her cooperate with you. She is a good preacher. Sometimes reverses may be there, but just depend on Krsna. Balabhadra is a very good boy. Make him in charge, also Govinda dasi, and you come and go. Yes, you can go to Brazil. Also, you come to Mayapur on Mahaprabhu's appearance day as many as possible at least for a week. Yes, the Gaura nitai Deities may be taken out for festivals. I am glad to hear of the excellent book distribution that is being done there. From other parts of the world there is also very good report of book distribution. That is our main propaganda work. So you go on with your preaching work and I will be pleased to receive your report regularly.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoKarandharaBombay19October1973_4" class="quote" parent="1973_Correspondence" book="Let" index="351" link="Letter to Karandhara -- Bombay 19 October, 1973" link_text="Letter to Karandhara -- Bombay 19 October, 1973">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Karandhara -- Bombay 19 October, 1973|Letter to Karandhara -- Bombay 19 October, 1973]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Please accept my blessings. I beg to acknowledge receipt of your two letters both dated October 9, 1973 and have noted the contents very carefully. These things are happening in many corners of our organization. Today I received the same complaint from Kirtanananda, and the reply is enclosed. This is applicable everywhere. Unless we become very strong in Krsna consciousness, it is very risky to handle material things and business. We are naturally business minded, and so as we get some opportunity, that mentality becomes strong. We have already got our book-selling program. It is better not to divert to other lines of business. This boy Rsi Kumar appears to be lost coming in contact with business. I heard he was coming to India and staying in the hotel without coming to the temple. Similarly Hayagriva is also lost almost. So, the situation is not very favorable.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="1974_Correspondence" class="sub_section" sec_index="9" parent="Correspondence" text="1974 Correspondence"><h3>1974 Correspondence</h3>
</div>
<div id="LettertoAllISKCONCentersVrindaban14March1974_0" class="quote" parent="1974_Correspondence" book="Let" index="71" link="Letter to All ISKCON Centers -- Vrindaban 14 March, 1974" link_text="Letter to All ISKCON Centers -- Vrindaban 14 March, 1974">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to All ISKCON Centers -- Vrindaban 14 March, 1974|Letter to All ISKCON Centers -- Vrindaban 14 March, 1974]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Please accept my blessings. Now that our ISKCON is growing into a huge, world wide organization, it has come to my attention that sometimes centers are printing my literature, taking collection and spending all outside the jurisdiction of the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust. This must not go on.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoMukundaBombay27March1974_1" class="quote" parent="1974_Correspondence" book="Let" index="100" link="Letter to Mukunda -- Bombay 27 March, 1974" link_text="Letter to Mukunda -- Bombay 27 March, 1974">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Mukunda -- Bombay 27 March, 1974|Letter to Mukunda -- Bombay 27 March, 1974]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">That the standard of Krsna Consciousness deteriorated while you were away two weeks, and three brahmacaris have left Bhaktivedanta Manor is not good. But neither do I think your proposals are very good for organizing a strong center by stopping Revatinandana Swami's travelling party and having the president of the London temple Prabhu Visnu and others stay with you at the center. It seems you are always asking others to come for some time to work with you and organize, then after they leave you turn to some one else to come and help. Madhavananda is here with me in Bombay and I think he is the right man to work with you permanently at the Manor. I sent him there for that purpose, to organize things as he has experience of the management and organization of a temple life. So between you and he, if you will mutually cooperate, there should be sufficient power to run things nicely.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoHamsadutaHyderabad21April1974_2" class="quote" parent="1974_Correspondence" book="Let" index="146" link="Letter to Hamsaduta -- Hyderabad 21 April, 1974" link_text="Letter to Hamsaduta -- Hyderabad 21 April, 1974">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Hamsaduta -- Hyderabad 21 April, 1974|Letter to Hamsaduta -- Hyderabad 21 April, 1974]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">By now I hope you have received my telegram and letter sent to Hamburg advising you to go to Bhaktivedanta Manor for managing affairs there. There were so many letters and reports coming from Mukunda, Puranjana, Bhaja Hari, Prabhu Visnu and then contrary reports from Madhavananda and with Shayamasundar away affairs seem perilous. I hope you are able to settle things up in regard to the debt of the Bury St. temple and temple organization at the Manor. Now Shayamasundar has wired me that he will send tickets for myself and three secretaries for coming to London. I have asked him to send me tickets and I can leave India for London about May 1st. As I have already informed you I am going to Paris the second week of May and Bhagavan das is arranging for a tour of Geneva, Rome and Sweden. I may also visit cities in Germany if you will arrange for that. So when I arrive in London if Syamasundara sends tickets, or when I arrive in Paris, I shall discuss these matters further with you. Now we are in South India at Hyderabad and will visit the Balaji temple in Tirupati and then return to Bombay prepared to leave for London on May 1st.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoMrSaxenaHyderabad23April1974_3" class="quote" parent="1974_Correspondence" book="Let" index="149" link="Letter to Mr. Saxena -- Hyderabad 23 April, 1974" link_text="Letter to Mr. Saxena -- Hyderabad 23 April, 1974">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Mr. Saxena -- Hyderabad 23 April, 1974|Letter to Mr. Saxena -- Hyderabad 23 April, 1974]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">So if your organization takes this mission seriously I shall help you to my best capacity. I am preaching this Krsna cult all over the world and have published many books based on the Bhagavad-gita and Upanisads and Srimad-Bhagavatam and other Vedic literatures. If your society becomes a life members of our society you can get all these books already published and for life membership you can inquire from my office at Hare Krsna Land, Gandhi Gram Road, Juhu, Bombay 54.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoTraiRome27May1974_4" class="quote" parent="1974_Correspondence" book="Let" index="215" link="Letter to Trai -- Rome 27 May, 1974" link_text="Letter to Trai -- Rome 27 May, 1974">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Trai -- Rome 27 May, 1974|Letter to Trai -- Rome 27 May, 1974]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">I am enclosing brahmana threads and gayatri mantra for Ādi Kesava das and Vivasvan das. You must be very careful before you award the brahminical thread by recommending a man to me. Now that we are dividing our society into the four orders as much as possible, it is not that every man has to be made a brahmana after a year. Especially if one cannot even get up early and go to mangala arati he cannot become a brahmana. So consider it carefully before you recommend further men to me. Sometime in the past Rupanuga Maharaja reported that you were not sending him regular reports so he could compile his GBC report to me; please cooperate with him in this so our huge organization can run smoothly in all its parts.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoSridharaMaharajaLosAngeles7July1974_5" class="quote" parent="1974_Correspondence" book="Let" index="267" link="Letter to Sridhara Maharaja -- Los Angeles 7 July, 1974" link_text="Letter to Sridhara Maharaja -- Los Angeles 7 July, 1974">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Sridhara Maharaja -- Los Angeles 7 July, 1974|Letter to Sridhara Maharaja -- Los Angeles 7 July, 1974]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">You will be glad to know that our books are selling very nicely. Last year we sold about four million books, and this year within six months we have completed last years quota, and therefore we can reasonably expect to double the sale of last year. The only difficulty is that we are expanded worldwide organization, and it requires very acute management to keep up the status quo. So by Krishna's grace everything is going on nicely, and I am reaching India by the 26th of July.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoGirirajaMayapur1October1974_6" class="quote" parent="1974_Correspondence" book="Let" index="449" link="Letter to Giriraja -- Mayapur 1 October, 1974" link_text="Letter to Giriraja -- Mayapur 1 October, 1974">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Giriraja -- Mayapur 1 October, 1974|Letter to Giriraja -- Mayapur 1 October, 1974]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Please accept my blessings. I am in due receipt of your letter dated September 26, 1974 with enclosed draft of your article. Regarding the Tax Commission Notice, I understand from Mr. Sethi that at time land in the vicinity of his house was selling for Rs. 60/-, so we have not paid less. The most important point is that Mr. Nair wanted to give us the land at a concessional rate because we are a charitable institution. I have already sent under separate post (Registered), the photocopy of a land donated to us in Orissa, Bhuvaneśvara, and I have asked Mahamsa Swami to also send the photocopy of his gift deed. So we get so many donations of land, due to the charitable nature of our organization.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="1975_Correspondence" class="sub_section" sec_index="10" parent="Correspondence" text="1975 Correspondence"><h3>1975 Correspondence</h3>
</div>
<div id="LettertoProfOPGoelPerthAustralia10May1975_0" class="quote" parent="1975_Correspondence" book="Let" index="234" link="Letter to Prof. O.P. Goel -- Perth, Australia 10 May, 1975" link_text="Letter to Prof. O.P. Goel -- Perth, Australia 10 May, 1975">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Prof. O.P. Goel -- Perth, Australia 10 May, 1975|Letter to Prof. O.P. Goel -- Perth, Australia 10 May, 1975]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Your proposal for co-operation with ISKCON is welcome. I very much appreciate your proposal. The mass problem at the present moment in India is actually a food problem. I have therefore decided to start some village organization program—namely, people should be invited to live in the village, produce their own foodstuff (grains, fruits, and vegetables), maintain a sufficient number of cows to get a large quantity of milk, produce their own cloth, eat sumptuously for keeping fit in health, and then they can regularly sit down and chant the Hare Krishna Maha-mantra. I shall arrange for the irrigation of the land and the people living there should give their labor for their own food and clothing, and then chant Hare Krishna Maha-mantra and cultivate Krishna Consciousness. Besides that, our men should go from village to village with Sankirtana party, hold festival, namely distribution of Bhagavat prasadam and induce them chant and join with us in vibrating the Hare Krishna Maha-mantra. In India, they are not less than 95% villagers and Mahatma Gandhi wanted this village organization. I think this is a solid program. The people must eat sumptuously—not voraciously and make them fit for working and chanting. In this way, they will be purified and everything will be nicely organized. We require some men only like your good self to co-operate with this movement. The necessary things in this connection will surely be supplied by Krishna. Simply we want some sincere worker like your honor. Up to date, I am working chiefly with my foreign assistants and disciples. In India, for them there is the language difficulty, otherwise they are ready to work in Indian villages also. Besides that, they have visa problems. Under the circumstances, I require immediately some willing, educated worker for this purpose. So, kindly reply this letter to my Honolulu center. The address is as follow: 51 Coelho Way, Honolulu Hawaii, USA.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoRadheswaranandGoswamiPerthAustralia10May1975_1" class="quote" parent="1975_Correspondence" book="Let" index="237" link="Letter to Radheswaranand Goswami -- Perth, Australia 10 May, 1975" link_text="Letter to Radheswaranand Goswami -- Perth, Australia 10 May, 1975">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Radheswaranand Goswami -- Perth, Australia 10 May, 1975|Letter to Radheswaranand Goswami -- Perth, Australia 10 May, 1975]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Regarding opening a center in Saurastra, it will be my pleasure to do it immediately if the local important men like you will co-operate with me. I wish to open centers in the villages. The mass problem at the present moment in India is actually a food problem. I have therefore decided to start some village organization program—namely, people should be invited to live in the village, produce their own foodstuff (grains, fruits, and vegetables), maintain a sufficient number of cows to get a large quantity of milk, produce their own cloth, eat sumptuously for keeping fit in health, and then they can regularly sit down and chant Hare Krishna Maha-mantra. I shall arrange for the irrigation of the land and the people living there should give their labor for their own food and clothing, and then chant Hare Krishna Maha-mantra and cultivate Krishna Consciousness. Besides that, our men should go from village to village with Sankirtana party, hold festival, namely distribution of Bhagavat prasadam and induce them to chant and join with us in vibrating the Hare Krishna Maha-mantra. In India, they are not less than 95% villagers and Mahatma Gandhi wanted this village organization. I think this is a solid program. The people must eat sumptuously—not voraciously and make them fit for working and chanting. In this way, they will be purified and everything will be nicely organized. We require some men only like your good self to co-operate with this movement. The necessary things in this connection will surely by supplied by Krishna. Simply we want some sincere worker like your honor. Up to date, I am working chiefly with my foreign assistants and disciples. In India, for them there is language difficulty, otherwise they are ready to work in Indian villages also. Besides that, they have visa problems. Under the circumstances, I require immediately some willing, educated worker for this purpose. So, kindly reply this letter to my Honolulu address as follows: 51 Coelho Way, Honolulu, Hawaii, USA.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoGopalaKrsnaLosAngeles21June1975_2" class="quote" parent="1975_Correspondence" book="Let" index="352" link="Letter to Gopala Krsna -- Los Angeles 21 June, 1975" link_text="Letter to Gopala Krsna -- Los Angeles 21 June, 1975">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Gopala Krsna -- Los Angeles 21 June, 1975|Letter to Gopala Krsna -- Los Angeles 21 June, 1975]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">It is my habit to see that money is not being squandered. If money is spent unnecessarily, I feel very badly. You are collecting with great effort, and I do not like to see it spoiled. I am thinking that Guru-krpa's collections may be used for book publishing only. He can print books in Japan and send there to you for selling in India. From these sales, you can spend 50% on construction and 50% on Hindi publishing. And anyone who can manage such an organization, he can manage the BBT. But one must do it. It is simply a matter of organization. We can send you unlimited number of books. You simply have to apply your brain how to sell them. Then you will have plenty of money. This my mission you know started when I came alone to your country by selling my books, and still whatever money we are getting it is coming from the book selling. So it is already proven how important the book-selling is.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoGopalaKrsnaBerkeley17July1975_3" class="quote" parent="1975_Correspondence" book="Let" index="414" link="Letter to Gopala Krsna -- Berkeley 17 July, 1975" link_text="Letter to Gopala Krsna -- Berkeley 17 July, 1975">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Gopala Krsna -- Berkeley 17 July, 1975|Letter to Gopala Krsna -- Berkeley 17 July, 1975]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Syamalal Gupta is well known to me. He is an able man, and if he likes he can help us in so many ways. You can inform him that we are selling our books all over the world between 30 to 40 lakhs worth per month, but not in India are we selling because we do not have any sales organization. But, to give him the exclusive rights, they have to guarantee some minimum amount of order per month. We are selling 30-40 lakhs around the world so we shall expect at least sales in India of one lakh per month of Rupees.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoMahamsaDetroit3August1975_4" class="quote" parent="1975_Correspondence" book="Let" index="444" link="Letter to Mahamsa -- Detroit 3 August, 1975" link_text="Letter to Mahamsa -- Detroit 3 August, 1975">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Mahamsa -- Detroit 3 August, 1975|Letter to Mahamsa -- Detroit 3 August, 1975]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Anyway without court permission we shall not take the land. In the meantime it is all right that you invest only in moveable property. Of course you should not be thinking to sell any of the crops for profit. That is not our purpose. The village organization is that the local people produce their necessities like grain, vegetables, milk, and cloth; and for recreation they have the chanting of Hare Krishna. They should live there comfortably and have spiritual recreation. They should not come to the cities. I wish to introduce this ideal now. Then if we are successful this cheating civilization will stop. They have made these cities as hell. If people do not cooperate with them, then how will the factories run on? And, if the people are satisfied by this arrangement, then what will the communists do?</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="1976_Correspondence" class="sub_section" sec_index="11" parent="Correspondence" text="1976 Correspondence"><h3>1976 Correspondence</h3>
</div>
<div id="LettertoTejiyasMayapur15February1976_0" class="quote" parent="1976_Correspondence" book="Let" index="142" link="Letter to Tejiyas -- Mayapur 15 February, 1976" link_text="Letter to Tejiyas -- Mayapur 15 February, 1976">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Tejiyas -- Mayapur 15 February, 1976|Letter to Tejiyas -- Mayapur 15 February, 1976]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Please accept my blessings. I am in due receipt of your letter dated 8 February 1976 and I have noted the contents. Regarding our sending someone to see Mr. S.M. Patnaik at Bhuvaneśvara, we can do this immediately, however, we may not get a good reception from this man. I would like to have a letter of introduction sent here from Mr. J.B. Patnaik. When we have a positive letter introducing our organization, we can send one man to see Mr. Patnaik in Bhuvaneśvara.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoJagadisaHonolulu6May1976_1" class="quote" parent="1976_Correspondence" book="Let" index="261" link="Letter to Jagadisa -- Honolulu 6 May, 1976" link_text="Letter to Jagadisa -- Honolulu 6 May, 1976">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Jagadisa -- Honolulu 6 May, 1976|Letter to Jagadisa -- Honolulu 6 May, 1976]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Please accept my blessings. I am in due receipt of your letter dated April 29, 1976, along with photocopy of your letter concerning the organization of Gurukula. You have some experience now with Gurukula, so your full-time engagement should now be how to organize the Gurukulas all over the world. Do it very nicely and thoughtfully. So far your plans are concerned for the same, you can have them conjointly approved with the other GBC. In this way, you may make the Gurukula program your portfolio and organize it throughout the world.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoYasomatinandanaHonolulu26May1976_2" class="quote" parent="1976_Correspondence" book="Let" index="311" link="Letter to Yasomatinandana -- Honolulu 26 May, 1976" link_text="Letter to Yasomatinandana -- Honolulu 26 May, 1976">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Yasomatinandana -- Honolulu 26 May, 1976|Letter to Yasomatinandana -- Honolulu 26 May, 1976]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Concerning the incident where the two boys were killed in what appeared to be a bomb blast, it is unfortunate that the newspapers have made it appear that these boys are Hare Krishna devotees. Of course, anyone can chant Hare Krishna, just like we go on the streets chanting, and others will imitate us. However, in our aims you will not find that our organization is dedicated to such methods or goals. Our aim is to awaken people throughout the world to Krishna Consciousness, God consciousness, by chanting the Holy Names of God. We have published so many books to explain our viewpoint, and why we should sit idly by and allow the press to unfairly take advantage of such a situation to misrepresent the Hare Krishna Movement. In any case, the movement cannot be judged simply by the activities of some individuals, but these men were not in our camp and still the press took unfair notice of all the facts. We should demand at least equal time from the press to explain the entire situation clearly, and when necessary we should file suit against such newspapers in order that things are not distorted. It is not in our aims anywhere to build bombs for any purpose. The same mentality is involved in trying to blow-up a slaughterhouse as is there in meat-eating. Such things will not stop people from unnecessary animal slaughter. It is only by educating people in the science of Krishna Consciousness that they will automatically develop all good qualities. Yasyatma bhaktir bhagavati akincana, sarvair gunais tatra samasate surah. And the nondevotee will not have any good qualities even they may be vegetarians. Harav abhaktasya kuto mahad guna manorathenasati dhavato bahih ([[Vanisource:SB 5.18.12|SB 5.18.12]]). So we should clearly establish our aims in such situations and sit by idly. We must preach very boldly whenever the situation is favorable.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoDrBishnuPrasadMukherjeeLosAngeles4June1976_3" class="quote" parent="1976_Correspondence" book="Let" index="324" link="Letter to Dr. Bishnu Prasad Mukherjee -- Los Angeles 4 June, 1976" link_text="Letter to Dr. Bishnu Prasad Mukherjee -- Los Angeles 4 June, 1976">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Dr. Bishnu Prasad Mukherjee -- Los Angeles 4 June, 1976|Letter to Dr. Bishnu Prasad Mukherjee -- Los Angeles 4 June, 1976]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Our Krishna Consciousness Movement is not a Bharatiya artistic one. It is a program to solve all the problems of all the world. We are getting good response, so your cooperation will be welcome, but we are not interested in Bharatiya as there are already so many organizations of this nature. Our workers are all dedicated souls and they are engaging in activities on the spiritual platform. If sometimes you could find the time, perhaps we could meet together and we can talk.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoJayapataka_5" class="quote" parent="1976_Correspondence" book="Let" index="420" link="Letter to Jayapataka" link_text="Letter to Jayapataka">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Jayapataka|Letter to Jayapataka]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Please accept my blessings. I am in due receipt of your letter undated and have noted the contents carefully. Let Prabhu Svarupa transfer the land immediately, we shall do the needful. You are an intelligent boy so you can take it from me that this Haridasapur scheme is for making a link with Bangladesh, so we have to deal from that point of view. Let him collect the funds and see that it is done properly there. We shall organize a nice organization there. It doesn't matter that he cannot assure the full money. As far as the fresh initiation goes, we shall see later on. I am expecting to receive the land upon arrival.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoVasudeva_4" class="quote" parent="1976_Correspondence" book="Let" index="424" link="Letter to Vasudeva" link_text="Letter to Vasudeva">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Vasudeva|Letter to Vasudeva]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Please accept my blessings. I am in due receipt of the undated joint letter from you and Upendra dasa and have noted the contents with care. Regarding the situation in Fiji, it is necessary that we come to a proper understanding as to the status of the land and the organization of ISKCON Fiji itself. The first point is that the governing board of ISKCON may have yourself and your brother as members, but must also have the GBC for the zone, Gurukrpa Swami, the GBC Chairman, Tamala Krsna Goswami , and Upendra das as members. The second point is that after ISKCON has been organized in the above way the land which the temple is being constructed on must be leased to ISKCON Fiji with a 99 year unconditional lease with option to renew which I shall approve.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoDavidBRicheterHughesVrndavana8September1976_6" class="quote" parent="1976_Correspondence" book="Let" index="493" link="Letter to David B. Richeter Hughes -- Vrndavana 8 September, 1976" link_text="Letter to David B. Richeter Hughes -- Vrndavana 8 September, 1976">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to David B. Richeter Hughes -- Vrndavana 8 September, 1976|Letter to David B. Richeter Hughes -- Vrndavana 8 September, 1976]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Please accept my blessings. I am in due receipt of your letter dated 6, September, 1976 and have noted the contents with care. Thank you very much for your kind offer to have me as your Permanent Acarya and Honorary Chairman. I will accept this if your organization and members are agreed to follow the four regulative principles which discriminate animal life from human life, i.e. no eating of meat fish or eggs; no illicit sex life outside of marriage and then only for the begetting of God conscious children; no intoxicants, including coffee, tea, or cigarettes; no gambling, not even bingo. Unless one follows these principles, spiritual life is not possible.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="LettertoYasomatinandanaChandigarh14October1976_7" class="quote" parent="1976_Correspondence" book="Let" index="562" link="Letter to Yasomatinandana -- Chandigarh 14 October, 1976" link_text="Letter to Yasomatinandana -- Chandigarh 14 October, 1976">
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Letter to Yasomatinandana -- Chandigarh 14 October, 1976|Letter to Yasomatinandana -- Chandigarh 14 October, 1976]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Please accept my blessings. I am in receipt of your letter dated 8/10/76 and have noted the contents carefully. You say the farm is only five miles from the city, so we will build our temple on that land. The farmers should be trained up to become devotees of Krishna. The same Idea I have already given for Hyderabad farm. Invite the local farmers to participate in Kirtana and prasadam distribution, engage them to work the land. They may keep whatever they require for their maintenance and the excess production may be traded or sold. But we are not going to develop a competitive farming enterprise for making money. The basic principle is to become independent of artificial city life, working in factories producing nut and bolts. Gandhi had this Idea, the one defect was that there was no Krishna in the center. So the same idea of village organization, but keeping Krishna in the center should be introduced on our farm projects.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>

Dualities are born of false ego, the worst enemy of surrender

2011-12-16T08:41:59Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"Dualities are born of false ego, the worst enemy of surrender"}}
{{notes|}}
{{compiler|Vaninetti}}
{{complete|ALL}}
{{first|03Oct11}}
{{last|03Oct11}}
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=1|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}
{{total|1}}
{{toc right}}
[[Category:Duality]]
[[Category:Born Of...]]
[[Category:False Ego]]
[[Category:Worst]]
[[Category:Enemy]]
[[Category:Surrender]]
</div>
<div id="Other_Books_by_Srila_Prabhupada" class="section" sec_index="3" parent="compilation" text="Other Books by Srila Prabhupada"><h2>Other Books by Srila Prabhupada</h2>
</div>
<div id="Renunciation_Through_Wisdom" class="sub_section" sec_index="5" parent="Other_Books_by_Srila_Prabhupada" text="Renunciation Through Wisdom"><h3>Renunciation Through Wisdom</h3>
</div>
<div id="RTW51_0" class="quote" parent="Renunciation_Through_Wisdom" book="OB" index="39" link="RTW 5.1" link_text="Renunciation Through Wisdom 5.1">
<div class="heading">Dualities are born of false ego, the worst enemy of surrender. One who transcends false ego, and with it the effects of duality, is very easily freed from material desires, and then he vanquishes hate, greed, anger, fear, and so on. In the stage of full surrender to the Lord, even negative qualities like mundane desire and envy, along with dualities like hunger and thirst, heat and cold, joy and sorrow, loss and gain, sin and piety, and honor and dishonor, are converted into spiritual energy by being brought into contact with the Supreme Lord.
</div>
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:RTW 5.1|Renunciation Through Wisdom 5.1]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Here is another thought for meditation: The Supreme Personality of Godhead is unlimited, and any service rendered Him is also unlimited because the Lord's unlimited energy is the dynamic force behind such service. When this supernatural energy is reposed in us, all our thoughts and feelings, our physical body, our mind, our knowledge, and so on, are energized by it. Every endeavor then simply merges into this flow of energy, and we become like a lotus growing from the mud—in the world but uncontaminted by it. This is how the nondual principle comes alive: our mind, heart, consciousness, and activities become nondifferent from the Supreme Lord, the Absolute Truth. We consider ourselves the Lord's property, surrendered at His lotus feet, His unalloyed, eternal slaves. Rejecting all mental speculation and mundane desire, with a serene mind we experience incessant spiritual bliss in rendering Him loving service. In the Bhagavad-gītā (3.30) the Lord describes the process of surrender in this way:</p>
:mayi sarvāṇi karmāṇi
:sannyasyādhyātma-cetasā
:nirāśīr nirmamo bhūtvā
:yudhyasva vigata-jvaraḥ
<p>Therefore, O Arjuna, surrendering all your works unto Me, with full knowledge of Me, without desires for profit, with no claims to proprietorship, and free from lethargy, fight.</p>
<p>To achieve such a state of surrender, one has to be free from selfish desires, unaffected by dualities, and devoid of all false prestige. Dualities are born of false ego, the worst enemy of surrender. One who transcends false ego, and with it the effects of duality, is very easily freed from material desires, and then he vanquishes hate, greed, anger, fear, and so on. In the stage of full surrender to the Lord, even negative qualities like mundane desire and envy, along with dualities like hunger and thirst, heat and cold, joy and sorrow, loss and gain, sin and piety, and honor and dishonor, are converted into spiritual energy by being brought into contact with the Supreme Lord. Saintly, blissful personalities who are devoid of undesirable characteristics like lust and envy are found especially in India. One can conquer duality, illusion, and so on only by spiritual elevation to the state of directly perceiving the Supreme Lord and seeing everything in relation to Him. The only method of achieving this state of consciousness is buddhi-yoga.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>

Why should we violate the purpose of the Trust

2011-12-15T15:18:12Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"Why should (we) violate the purpose of the Trust"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Laksmipriya}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|16Dec08}}

{{last|16Dec08}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}

{{total|1}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Why Should]]

[[Category:Violate]]

[[Category:The Purpose Of...]]

[[Category:BBT]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Conversations_and_Morning_Walks" text="Conversations and Morning Walks"><h2>Conversations and Morning Walks</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="1975_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks" text="1975 Conversations and Morning Walks"><h3>1975 Conversations and Morning Walks</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Con" link="Conversation with the GBC -- March 27, 1975, Mayapur" link_text="Conversation with the GBC -- March 27, 1975, Mayapur">
<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Conversation with the GBC -- March 27, 1975, Mayapur|Conversation with the GBC -- March 27, 1975, Mayapur]]:'''

Prabhupāda: Yes. I want to see, as the chairman of the BBT, that fifty percent is spent on printing and fifty percent is for constructing temples. That's all.

Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: And who sees to that? The GBC?

Prabhupāda: Yes.

Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: The GBC.

Prabhupāda: Yes.

Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: That means, practically speaking, the management... The BBT is separate from ISKCON for legal purposes, but the management of it is done by the GBC.

Prabhupāda: Yes. That's nice.

Atreya Ṛṣi: However, at the present, Prabhupāda himself is heading this management.

Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: He's heading every management.

Atreya Ṛṣi: But in this particular case he's heading it very particularly. This is something...

Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: Yes.

Atreya Ṛṣi: Because it's very sensitive issue. It doesn't mean separate.

Rūpānuga: But now, we discussed this... We discussed this before, Śrīla Prabhupāda. You said that you didn't... You wanted to make some more BBT members.

Prabhupāda: If I require, I can make.

Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: The reason I'm bringing this up is because, heretofore, the BBT has been managed by one or two trustees, and the point is that maybe it is best that it be managed by the GBC.

Prabhupāda: So that... First of all manage these things. Then you will, it will be included in the trustees. First of all show your capacity that you have managed these things very nicely, these two things. Why there should be complaint? How you can solve it? And why the temples should be maintained by collection of the BBT? It is meant for printing and constructing temples. Why should (we) violate the purpose of the Trust? So first of all you manage these two things. Then, if you want, you can come. If the problem remains the same, then what is the use of increasing heads?

Atreya Ṛṣi: What is obvious is that Prabhupāda's interference has always come because we have not done our jobs right.

Prabhupāda: Yes.

Atreya Ṛṣi: He would very much like to...

Prabhupāda: Yes. That is the real purpose.

Atreya Ṛṣi: He would... As soon as we show that we can...

Haṁsadūta: Work together.

Atreya Ṛṣi: Work together and manage nicely, he wants to.

Prabhupāda: Now, so far the... Just like in Germany. They unnecessarily take the money while there is creditor, printer. There was no need of keeping money. Go on paying them. That was my policy. I instructed Karandhara that whenever there is collection, go to pay. That arrangement I made with Dai Nippon, that "I shall go on paying. You don't ask me." So he never asked me. You know that.

Jayatīrtha: Yes.

Prabhupāda: As soon as there is collection, I paid him: "And you go on printing these books." This should be the policy.</div>
</div>
</div>

Purpose of reviving our God consciousness

2011-12-15T15:01:44Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"purpose of reviving our God consciousness"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Matea| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|16Jul08}}

{{last|02Dec08}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=1}}

{{total|1}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:The Purpose Of...]]

[[Category:Revive]]

[[Category:God Consciousness]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Correspondence" text="Correspondence"><h2>Correspondence</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="1969_Correspondence" text="1969 Correspondence"><h3>1969 Correspondence</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Let" link="Letter to Archbishop of Canterbury -- Los Angeles 1969" link_text="Letter to Archbishop of Canterbury -- Los Angeles 1969">
<div class="heading">The human form of life is especially meant for this purpose of reviving our God consciousness because the better development of consciousness is found only in the human body.</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Letter to Archbishop of Canterbury -- Los Angeles 1969|Letter to Archbishop of Canterbury -- Los Angeles 1969]]:''' My mission is in the line of Lord Caitanya, Who advented Himself 482 years ago in India, and Who preached God consciousness all over the country. His mission is to revive God consciousness throughout the world, on the basis of Srimad-Bhagavatam (Science of God). The basic principle of Srimad-Bhagavatam is that any religious faith which helps a man to develop Love of God, without any other motive, is transcendental religion. And the easiest process for this age is to chant the Holy Names of God. From this definition of religion as we find in the Srimad-Bhagavatam, the criterion test of religion is how it helps people to develop their dormant Love of God. This love is not artificially invoked, but it is aroused by association with devotees of the Lord and by hearing from the authorized scriptures.

The human form of life is especially meant for this purpose of reviving our God consciousness because the better development of consciousness is found only in the human body. Animal propensities are found both in animal life and human life, and unfortunately, people are nowadays more concerned with the principles of sense gratification, or the animalistic part of life. Thus, the world is gradually declining in God consciousness. This tendency is very much deteriorating, and because Your Holiness is the Head of a great religious sect, I would be very pleased to meet with you, and perhaps chalk out some program for helping to alleviate the present Godless situation.

The human society should not be allowed to continue in its present path at the risk of decreasing truthfulness, hygienic principles, forgiveness, and mercifulness. Without proper instruction on these principles, the human society is gradually degrading in the matter of religiosity and justice. At present, "Might makes right" is gradually taking the place of morality and justice. There is practically no more family life, and the union of man and woman is gradually degrading to the standard of mere sexuality. Our Krishna Consciousness Movement is meant for overhauling the whole situation. We are creating man of character, and we are training our disciples to become lovers of God, or Krishna. From the very beginning, they are trained to refrain from the following four principles of degradation: 1) sex life outside marriage, 2) intoxication, 3) meat eating, and 4) gambling and idle sports. Our teaching are based on the authorized movement of Lord Caitanya, the teaching of the Bhagavad-gita as the beginning, and the teaching of Srimad-Bhagavatam as the graduate study.
I do not wish to prolong the body of this note further, but if you think that a meeting with you will be beneficial for the human society at large, I shall be very much pleased if You Holiness will grant me an interview. Thanking you in anticipation for an early reply.</div>
</div>
</div>

Purpose of married life

2011-12-15T15:00:20Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"purpose of married life"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Rati}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|18Dec08}}

{{last|18Dec08}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=1}}

{{total|1}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:The Purpose Of...]]

[[Category:Married Life]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Correspondence" text="Correspondence"><h2>Correspondence</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="1968_Correspondence" text="1968 Correspondence"><h3>1968 Correspondence</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Let" link="Letter to Andrea Temple -- Los Angeles 6 March, 1968" link_text="Letter to Andrea Temple -- Los Angeles 6 March, 1968">
<div class="heading">That is the real purpose of married life; to live together peacefully, execute Krishna Consciousness, bring up children in Krishna Consciousness, so they will not again have to enter into this world of birth and death.</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Letter to Andrea Temple -- Los Angeles 6 March, 1968|Letter to Andrea Temple -- Los Angeles 6 March, 1968]]:''' I have gotten so many young devotees married, and they are executing Krishna Consciousness nicely. That is the real purpose of married life; to live together peacefully, execute Krishna Consciousness, bring up children in Krishna Consciousness, so they will not again have to enter into this world of birth and death.
Govinda dasi has read me your letter and your place sounds very nice. It is all right that you do not have a storefront at present time; simply we need some space, and your house will do very nicely. Before I come there, you should please make large advertising campaign so that many people may come to our Kirtana. Perhaps you could order some fairly large quantity literature and propaganda from New York, and distribute in your city. Also, maybe the radio or T.V. stations may become interested if you approach them with our various propaganda, news clippings, and so forth. You can write to Brahmananda in this connection, and he can give you instructions how to do it. We must try to catch the attention of as many people as possible; so that some may come and hear us, and be benefited. If it is possible, perhaps you can begin this propaganda work as soon as possible, and have regular scheduled Kirtana, so that people may start coming even before my arrival. That would be very nice.</div>
</div>
</div>

Purpose of Lord Siva

2011-12-15T14:56:36Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"purpose of Lord Siva"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Matea| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|19Jul08}}

{{last|02Dec08}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{total|1}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:The Purpose Of...]]

[[Category:Siva]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam"><h2>Srimad-Bhagavatam</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="SB_Canto_3" text="SB Canto 3"><h3>SB Canto 3</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="SB 3.14.28" link_text="SB 3.14.28, Translation and Purport">
<div class="heading">The real purpose of Lord Śiva is to serve the Soul of the soul, Lord Kṛṣṇa.</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:SB 3.14.28|SB 3.14.28, Translation and Purport]]: Unfortunate, foolish persons, not knowing that he is engaged in his own self, laugh at him. Such foolish persons engage in maintaining the body—which is eatable by dogs—with dresses, ornaments, garlands and ointments.'''

Lord Śiva never accepts any luxurious dress, garland, ornament or ointment. But those who are addicted to the decoration of the body, which is finally eatable by dogs, very luxuriously maintain it as the self. Such persons do not understand Lord Śiva, but they approach him for luxurious material comforts. There are two kinds of devotees of Lord Śiva. One class is the gross materialist seeking only bodily comforts from Lord Śiva, and the other class desires to become one with him. They are mostly impersonalists and prefer to chant śivo'ham, "I am Śiva," or "After liberation I shall become one with Lord Śiva." In other words, the karmīs and jñānīs are generally devotees of Lord Śiva, but they do not properly understand his real purpose in life. Sometimes so-called devotees of Lord Śiva imitate him in using poisonous intoxicants. Lord Śiva once swallowed an ocean of poison, and thus his throat became blue. The imitation Śivas try to follow him by indulging in poisons, and thus they are ruined. The real purpose of Lord Śiva is to serve the Soul of the soul, Lord Kṛṣṇa. He desires that all luxurious articles, such as nice garments, garlands, ornaments and cosmetics, be given to Lord Kṛṣṇa only, because Kṛṣṇa is the real enjoyer. He refuses to accept such luxurious items himself because they are only meant for Kṛṣṇa. However, since they do not know this purpose of Lord Śiva, foolish persons either laugh at him or profitlessly try to imitate him.</div>
</div>
</div>

Original purpose of the text must be maintained

2011-12-15T14:50:54Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"original purpose of the text must be maintained"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Jamuna Priya}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|30Dec08}}

{{last|30Dec08}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{total|1}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Original]]

[[Category:The Purpose Of...]]

[[Category:Text]]

[[Category:Must Be]]

[[Category:Maintain]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam"><h2>Srimad-Bhagavatam</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="SB_Canto_1" text="SB Canto 1"><h3>SB Canto 1</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="SB 1.4.1" link_text="SB 1.4.1, Translation and Purport">
<div class="heading">The original purpose of the text must be maintained. No obscure meaning should be screwed out of it, yet it should be presented in an interesting manner for the understanding of the audience. This is called realization.</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:SB 1.4.1|SB 1.4.1, Translation and Purport]]: On hearing Sūta Gosvāmī speak thus, Śaunaka Muni, who was the elderly, learned leader of all the ṛṣis engaged in that prolonged sacrificial ceremony, congratulated Sūta Gosvāmī by addressing him as follows.'''

In a meeting of learned men, when there are congratulations or addresses for the speaker, the qualifications of the congratulator should be as follows. He must be the leader of the house and an elderly man. He must be vastly learned also. Śrī Śaunaka Ṛṣi had all these qualifications, and thus he stood up to congratulate Śrī Sūta Gosvāmī when he expressed his desire to present Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam exactly as he heard it from Śukadeva Gosvāmī and also realized it personally. Personal realization does not mean that one should, out of vanity, attempt to show one's own learning by trying to surpass the previous ācārya. He must have full confidence in the previous ācārya, and at the same time he must realize the subject matter so nicely that he can present the matter for the particular circumstances in a suitable manner. The original purpose of the text must be maintained. No obscure meaning should be screwed out of it, yet it should be presented in an interesting manner for the understanding of the audience. This is called realization. The leader of the assembly, Śaunaka, could estimate the value of the speaker, Śrī Sūta Gosvāmī, simply by his uttering yathādhītam and yathā-mati, and therefore he was very glad to congratulate him in ecstasy. No learned man should be willing to hear a person who does not represent the original ācārya. So the speaker and the audience were bona fide in this meeting where Bhāgavatam was being recited for the second time. That should be the standard of recitation of Bhāgavatam, so that the real purpose can be served without difficulty. Unless this situation is created, Bhāgavatam recitation for extraneous purposes is useless labor both for the speaker and for the audience.</div>
</div>
</div>

This is duty of this society of Krsna consciousness

2011-12-14T10:40:18Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"This is duty of this society"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|1feb08}}

{{last|02Nov08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}
[[Category:This Is]]
[[Category:Duty Of...]]
[[Category:Society]]
[[Category:Krsna Consciousness]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Lectures" text="Lectures"><h2>Lectures</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures"><h3>Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="Lecture on SB 6.1.41-42 -- Surat, December 23, 1970" link_text="Lecture on SB 6.1.41-42 -- Surat, December 23, 1970">
<div class="heading">So therefore this is the duty. This is duty of this society, to make everyone a devotee, a sincere, a pure devotee of Kṛṣṇa. That is Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.41-42 -- Surat, December 23, 1970|Lecture on SB 6.1.41-42 -- Surat, December 23, 1970]]:''' Therefore all sinful activities are done in ignorance or in mixed-up passion and ignorance. Therefore one has to raise himself to the quality of goodness. He must be good, very good man. And if you want to become very good man, then you have to follow these regulative principles: no illicit sex life, no meat-eating, no intoxication, no gambling. These are the four pillars of sinful life. If you indulge in these four principles of sinful life, you cannot become a good man. And if there is want of good men, how you can expect peace and prosperity in the world? If everyone is full of rascaldom, how you can expect? You are... Why you are accusing the government? The government is your representative. You are rascals, fools. You select some rascal and fool. How you can expect good government? Democracy. You become good man. You will see government is good. So therefore the mass education should be how to become good man. And how one can become good man? That is also stated in the sastras: yasyasti bhaktir bhagavaty akincana sarvair gunais tatra samasate surah [SB 5.18.12]. If one is simply made a devotee and he has got unflinching faith in God, Krsna, then all the good qualities automatically develop.
So therefore this is the duty. This is duty of this society, to make everyone a devotee, a sincere, a pure devotee of Krsna. That is Krsna consciousness movement. If you make the people all good, you will have good society, you will have good government. You will have everything good. And if you create rascals and fools, how you can expect good government? That is not possible. Therefore all serious, thoughtful men should take it that Krsna consciousness movement is very, very essential in this world.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the worker

2011-12-14T10:13:24Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the worker"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|10feb08}}

{{last|07Dec08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:workers]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam"><h2>Srimad-Bhagavatam</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="SB_Canto_4" text="SB Canto 4"><h3>SB Canto 4</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="SB 4.6.53" link_text="SB 4.6.53, Purport">
<div class="heading">Just as in an office it is the duty of the worker to see that the proprietor or the master is satisfied, so everyone's duty is to see whether the Supreme Personality of Godhead is satisfied by one's activity</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:SB 4.6.53|SB 4.6.53, Purport]]:''' A sacrifice is a ceremony performed to please the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In the Srimad-Bhagavatam, First Canto, Second Chapter, it is stated that everyone should try to understand whether the Supreme Personality of Godhead is satisfied by his activity. In other words, the aim of our activities should be to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Just as in an office it is the duty of the worker to see that the proprietor or the master is satisfied, so everyone's duty is to see whether the Supreme Personality of Godhead is satisfied by one's activity. Activities to satisfy the Supreme Godhead are prescribed in the Vedic literature, and execution of such activities is called yajna. In other words, acting on behalf of the Supreme Lord is called yajna. One should know very well that any activity besides yajna is the cause of material bondage. That is explained in Bhagavad-gita (3.9): yajnarthat karmano 'nyatra loko 'yam karma-bandhanah. Karma-bandhanah means that if we do not work for the satisfaction of the Supreme Lord, Visnu, then the reaction of our work will bind us. One should not work for his own sense gratification. Everyone should work for the satisfaction of God. That is called yajna</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the superiors

2011-12-14T10:10:07Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the superior"|"duty of the superiors"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|19feb08}}

{{last|07Dec08}}

{{total|2}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=2|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:superior]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam"><h2>Srimad-Bhagavatam</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="SB_Canto_3" text="SB Canto 3"><h3>SB Canto 3</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="SB 3.23.51" link_text="SB 3.23.51, Tanslation and Purport">
<div class="heading">It is the duty of the superior to give fearlessness to the subordinate</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:SB 3.23.51|SB 3.23.51, Tanslation and Purport]]: Sri Devahuti said: My lord, you have fulfilled all the promises you gave me, yet because I am your surrendered soul, you should give me fearlessness too.'''

Devahuti requested her husband to grant her something without fear. As a wife, she was a fully surrendered soul to her husband, and it is the responsibility of the husband to give his wife fearlessness. How one awards fearlessness to his subordinate is mentioned in the Fifth Canto of Srimad-Bhagavatam. One who cannot get free from the clutches of death is dependent, and he should not become a spiritual master, nor a husband, nor a kinsman, nor a father, nor a mother, etc. It is the duty of the superior to give fearlessness to the subordinate. To take charge of someone, therefore, either as father, mother, spiritual master, relative or husband, one must accept the responsibility to give his ward freedom from the fearful situation of material existence. Material existence is always fearful and full of anxiety. Devahuti is saying, "You have given me all sorts of material comforts by your yogic power, and since you are now prepared to go away, you must give me your last award so that I may get free from this material, conditional life."</div>
</div>

<div class="sub_section" id="SB_Canto_4" text="SB Canto 4"><h3>SB Canto 4</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="SB 4.24.19" link_text="SB 4.24.19, Tanslation and Purport">
<div class="heading">It is the duty of the father, the spiritual master and the king to regulate their subordinates in such a way that they ultimately become fully unalloyed devotees of the Supreme Lord. That is the duty of the superiors, and it is the duty of the subordinates to obey their orders perfectly and in a disciplined way</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:SB 4.24.19|SB 4.24.19, Tanslation and Purport]]: The great sage Maitreya continued: My dear Vidura, because of their pious nature, all the sons of Pracinabarhi very seriously accepted the words of their father with heart and soul, and with these words on their heads, they went toward the west to execute their father's order.'''

In this verse sadhavah (meaning "pious" or "well behaved") is very important, especially at the present moment. It is derived from the word sadhu. A perfect sadhu is one who is always engaged in the devotional service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Pracinabarhi's sons are described as sadhavah because of their complete obedience to their father. The father, king and spiritual master are supposed to be representatives of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and as such they have to be respected as the Supreme Lord. It is the duty of the father, the spiritual master and the king to regulate their subordinates in such a way that they ultimately become fully unalloyed devotees of the Supreme Lord. That is the duty of the superiors, and it is the duty of the subordinates to obey their orders perfectly and in a disciplined way. The word sirasa ("on their heads") is also significant, for the Pracetas accepted the orders of their father and carried them on their heads, which means they accepted them in complete surrender.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the subordinates

2011-12-14T10:09:08Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the subordinate"|"duty of the subordinates" }}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda |Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|20feb08 }}

{{last|20Sep08}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=2|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{total|2}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Subordinate]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam"><h2>Srimad-Bhagavatam</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="SB_Canto_4" text="SB Canto 4"><h3>SB Canto 4</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="SB 4.24.19" link_text="SB 4.24.19, Tanslation and Purport">
<div class="heading">That is the duty of the superiors, and it is the duty of the subordinates to obey their orders perfectly and in a disciplined way.</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:SB 4.24.19|SB 4.24.19, Tanslation and Purport]]: The great sage Maitreya continued: My dear Vidura, because of their pious nature, all the sons of Pracinabarhi very seriously accepted the words of their father with heart and soul, and with these words on their heads, they went toward the west to execute their father's order.'''

In this verse sadhavah (meaning "pious" or "well behaved") is very important, especially at the present moment. It is derived from the word sadhu. A perfect sadhu is one who is always engaged in the devotional service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Pracinabarhi's sons are described as sadhavah because of their complete obedience to their father. The father, king and spiritual master are supposed to be representatives of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and as such they have to be respected as the Supreme Lord. It is the duty of the father, the spiritual master and the king to regulate their subordinates in such a way that they ultimately become fully unalloyed devotees of the Supreme Lord. That is the duty of the superiors, and it is the duty of the subordinates to obey their orders perfectly and in a disciplined way. The word sirasa ("on their heads") is also significant, for the Pracetas accepted the orders of their father and carried them on their heads, which means they accepted them in complete surrender.</div>
</div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="SB 4.30.3" link_text="SB 4.30.3, Purport">
<div class="heading">One purañjana, the living entity, is subordinate to the supreme purañjana; therefore the duty of the subordinate purañjana is to satisfy the supreme purañjana.</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:SB 4.30.3|SB 4.30.3, Purport]]:''' Here the Supreme Personality of Godhead is described as puranjana. According to Madhvacarya, the living entity is called puranjana because he has become an inhabitant of this material world, and under the influence of the three modes of material nature, he is forced to live within it. The Supreme Personality of Godhead creates this material world (pura), and He also enters within it. Andantara-stha-paramanu-cayantara-stham [Bs. 5.35]. The Lord enters within the heart of the living entity and within the atom; therefore both the living entity and the Lord are called puranjana. One puranjana, the living entity, is subordinate to the supreme puranjana; therefore the duty of the subordinate puranjana is to satisfy the supreme puranjana. That is devotional service. Lord Rudra, or Lord Siva, is the original acarya of the Vaisnava sampradaya called the Rudra-sampradaya. Rudra-gitena indicates that under the disciplic succession of Lord Rudra, the Pracetas achieved spiritual success.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the siksa guru or diksa guru

2011-12-14T10:05:33Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the siksa-guru or diksa-guru"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|20feb08}}

{{last|07Dec08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Siksa-guru]]

[[Category:Diksa-guru]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam"><h2>Srimad-Bhagavatam</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="SB_Canto_4" text="SB Canto 4"><h3>SB Canto 4</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="SB 4.12.32" link_text="SB 4.12.32, Tanslation and Purport">
<div class="heading">It is the duty of the śikṣā-guru or dīkṣā-guru to instruct the disciple in the right way, and it depends on the disciple to execute the process</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:SB 4.12.32|SB 4.12.32, Tanslation and Purport]]: Dhruva was seated in the transcendental airplane, which was just about to start, when he remembered his poor mother, Suniti. He thought to himself, "How shall I go alone to the Vaikuntha planet and leave behind my poor mother?"'''

Dhruva had a feeling of obligation to his mother, Suniti. It was Suniti who had given him the clue which had now enabled him to be personally carried to the Vaikuntha planet by the associates of Lord Visnu. He now remembered her and wanted to take her with him. Actually, Dhruva Maharaja's mother, Suniti, was his patha-pradarsaka-guru. Patha-pradarsaka-guru means "the guru, or the spiritual master, who shows the way." Such a guru is sometimes called siksa-guru. Although Narada Muni was his diksa-guru (initiating spiritual master), Suniti, his mother, was the first who gave him instruction on how to achieve the favor of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It is the duty of the siksa-guru or diksa-guru to instruct the disciple in the right way, and it depends on the disciple to execute the process. According to sastric injunctions, there is no difference between siksa-guru and diksa-guru, and generally the siksa-guru later on becomes the diksa-guru. Suniti, however, being a woman, and specifically his mother, could not become Dhruva Maharaja's diksa-guru. Still, he was not less obliged to Suniti. There was no question of carrying Narada Muni to Vaikunthaloka, but Dhruva Maharaja thought of his mother.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the servant authority

2011-12-14T10:05:07Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the servant authority"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|20feb08}}

{{last|05Dec08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Servant]]

[[Category:Authority]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Lectures" text="Lectures"><h2>Lectures</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="Philosophy_Discussions" text="Philosophy Discussions"><h3>Philosophy Discussions</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Con" link="Philosophy Discussion on John Stuart Mill" link_text="Philosophy Discussion on John Stuart Mill">
<div class="heading">Yes, that I have already said, that there are two authorities, one God the master authority and God's representative is the master author..., is the servant authority. So it is the duty of the servant authority to preach the instruction of God</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on John Stuart Mill|Philosophy Discussion on John Stuart Mill]]::''' Yes, that I have already said, that there are two authorities, one God the master authority and God's representative is the master author..., is the servant authority. So it is the duty of the servant authority to preach the instruction of God. That will make the human society happy, and this instruction should be taught from the very beginning of life. That is said in the Srimad-Bhagavatam by Prahlada Maharaja. Prahlada Maharaja was teaching God consciousness when he was five years old only and he was teaching amongst the class friend. The class friends wanted to play in the tiffin hour and Prahlada Maharaja asked them to sit down and to learn God consciousness. So the class friend protested, "My dear friend, why you are insisting now? We are now children, let us play." That Prahlada Maharaja protested, "No, no, you should not waste your time playing because this God consciousness should be learned from the very beginning of life." Kaumara acaret prajno dharman bhagavatan iha [SB 7.6.1]. From the very childhood Krsna consciousness should be learned. Why from the, so early, that durlabham manusam janma tad apy adhruvam arthadam. He says that this human form of life you have got after many, many millions of births so we should not misuse this opportunity. We do not know when we shall meet next death, but if before meeting the next death we make our life perfect in Krsna consciousness that is the special boon to this human form of life. We should utilize it.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the self

2011-12-14T10:04:22Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the self"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|20feb08}}

{{last|06Dec08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:The Self]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Correspondence" text="Correspondence"><h2>Correspondence</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="1967_Correspondence" text="1967 Correspondence"><h3>1967 Correspondence</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Con" link="Letter to Brahmananda -- Calcutta 12 December, 1967" link_text="Letter to Brahmananda -- Calcutta 12 December, 1967">
<div class="heading">Similarly, when one is mature in knowledge of self, he must knows what is the duty of the self. The impersonalist due to poor fund of knowledge, forgets of the self</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Letter to Brahmananda -- Calcutta 12 December, 1967|Letter to Brahmananda -- Calcutta 12 December, 1967]]:''' I am already in negotiations with the government of Rajasthan for securing one palace in Vrndavana. This house is perhaps the best house not only in Vrindaban but also it is one of the best palaces in all of India. When you arrive in India you will see it and you will be pleased. I am leaving behind my dictaphone and when you come here you will take it back to me. I quite appreciate your program for contributing $3,000.00 in the matter of publishing Teaching of Lord Caitanya. Please finish the contract with MacMillan, take $1,000.00 from them, add $1,000.00 from the reserve fund to you, and take $1,000.00 from Satyavrata and get the book published immediately. You should not waste too much time for editing as we have done in the matter of Gita Upanisad. If there is good English it is welcome but we should not edit as Hayagriva has replaced "devotional service'' with "knowledge of self''. Knowledge of self is not complete until one is actually engaged in devotional service. There are many citizens who have complete sense of national knowledge but out of many of them, one who is engaged in national service like Washington or Gandhi, he becomes the most prominent with national consciousness. Similarly, when one is mature in knowledge of self, he must knows what is the duty of the self. The impersonalist due to poor fund of knowledge, forgets of the self. They are much concerned for being freed of all duties which is not possible by the living force. The living force is always dynamic, therefore the living entity cannot stop discharging duties. Real duty begins in Krishna Consciousness. The impersonalist cannot accommodate such spiritual activities of devotional service therefore they are satisfied only by so-called knowledge of self. I shall expect your reply in San Francisco.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the ruler

2011-12-14T10:01:20Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of a ruler"|"duty of the ruler"|"ruler should discharge his duty"|"ruler, it was his duty"}}
{{notes|}}
{{compiler|Syamananda|Visnu Murti|Matea}}
{{complete|ALL}}
{{first|21feb08}}
{{last|19Oct10}}
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=4|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}
{{total|4}}
{{toc right}}
[[Category:Duty Of...]]
[[Category:ruler]]
</div>
<div id="Srimad-Bhagavatam" class="section" sec_index="1" parent="compilation" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam"><h2>Srimad-Bhagavatam</h2>
</div>
<div id="SB_Canto_4" class="sub_section" sec_index="4" parent="Srimad-Bhagavatam" text="SB Canto 4"><h3>SB Canto 4</h3>
</div>
<div id="SB41131_2" class="quote" parent="SB_Canto_4" book="SB" index="491" link="SB 4.11.31" link_text="SB 4.11.31">
<div class="heading">Dhruva Mahārāja was a liberated soul, and actually he was not angry with anyone. But because he was the ruler, it was his duty to become angry for some time in order to keep law and order in the state.
</div>
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:SB 4.11.31|SB 4.11.31, Translation and Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="trans text"><p style="display: inline;">My dear King, just consider what I have said to you, which will act as medicinal treatment upon disease. Control your anger, for anger is the foremost enemy on the path of spiritual realization. I wish all good fortune for you. Please follow my instructions.</p>
</div>
<div class="purport text"><p>Dhruva Mahārāja was a liberated soul, and actually he was not angry with anyone. But because he was the ruler, it was his duty to become angry for some time in order to keep law and order in the state. His brother, Uttama, was without fault, yet he was killed by one of the Yakṣas. It was the duty of Dhruva Mahārāja to kill the offender (life for life) because Dhruva was the king. When the challenge came, Dhruva Mahārāja fought vehemently and punished the Yakṣas sufficiently. But anger is such that if one increases it, it increases unlimitedly. In order that Dhruva Mahārāja's kingly anger not exceed the limit, Manu was kind enough to check his grandson. Dhruva Mahārāja could understand the purpose of his grandfather, and he immediately stopped the fighting. The words śrutena bhūyasā, "by constantly hearing," are very important in this verse. By constantly hearing about devotional service, one can check the force of anger, which is detrimental to the process of devotional service. Śrīla Parīkṣit Mahārāja said that the constant hearing of the pastimes of the Lord is the panacea for all material diseases. Everyone, therefore, should hear about the Supreme Personality of Godhead constantly. By hearing one can always remain in equilibrium, and thus his progress in spiritual life will not be hampered.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="SB41613_0" class="quote" parent="SB_Canto_4" book="SB" index="674" link="SB 4.16.13" link_text="SB 4.16.13">
<div class="heading">It is the duty of a ruler to punish the criminal and give protection to the innocent
</div>
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:SB 4.16.13|SB 4.16.13, Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="purport text"><p style="display: inline;">Since this King will always remain on the path of piety, he will be neutral to both his son and the son of his enemy. If the son of his enemy is not punishable, he will not punish him, but if his own son is punishable, he will immediately punish him."</p>
<p>These are the characteristics of an impartial ruler. It is the duty of a ruler to punish the criminal and give protection to the innocent. King Prthu was so neutral that if his own son were punishable, he would not hesitate to punish him. On the other hand, if the son of his enemy were innocent, he would not engage in some intrigue in order to punish him.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="SB42255_1" class="quote" parent="SB_Canto_4" book="SB" index="936" link="SB 4.22.55" link_text="SB 4.22.55">
<div class="heading">It is therefore the duty of the ruler to satisfy them in their sense enjoyment as well as to elevate them to Kṛṣṇa consciousness so that they all can ultimately return home, back to Godhead
</div>
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:SB 4.22.55|SB 4.22.55, Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="purport text"><p style="display: inline;">Since Maharaja Prthu was a perfect devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he wanted to protect the Lord's creation by pleasing the various citizens according to their various desires. Therefore Prthu Maharaja used to please them in all respects by his words, mentality, works and gentle behavior."</p>
<p>As will be explained in the next verse, Prthu Maharaja used to please all kinds of citizens by his extraordinary capacity to understand the mentality of others. Indeed, his dealings were so perfect that every one of the citizens was very much satisfied and lived in complete peace. The word acyutatmakah is significant in this verse, for Maharaja Prthu used to rule this planet as the representative of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He knew that he was the representative of the Lord and that the Lord's creation must be protected intelligently. Atheists cannot understand the purpose behind the creation. Although this material world is condemned when it is compared to the spiritual world, there is still some purpose behind it. Modern scientists and philosophers cannot understand that purpose, nor do they believe in the existence of a creator. They try to establish everything by their so-called scientific research, but they do not center anything around the supreme creator. A devotee, however, can understand the purpose of creation, which is to give facilities to the individual living entities who want to lord it over material nature. The ruler of this planet should therefore know that all the inhabitants, especially human beings, have come to this material world for sense enjoyment. It is therefore the duty of the ruler to satisfy them in their sense enjoyment as well as to elevate them to Krsna consciousness so that they all can ultimately return home, back to Godhead.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="SB_Canto_5" class="sub_section" sec_index="5" parent="Srimad-Bhagavatam" text="SB Canto 5"><h3>SB Canto 5</h3>
</div>
<div id="SB552122_0" class="quote" parent="SB_Canto_5" book="SB" index="124" link="SB 5.5.21-22" link_text="SB 5.5.21-22">
<div class="heading">The brāhmaṇas should always be worshiped, and under their guidance the ruler should discharge his duty and rule the citizens.
</div>
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:SB 5.5.21-22|SB 5.5.21-22, Purport]]: </span><div style="display: inline;" class="purport text"><p style="display: inline;">In this verse the brāhmaṇas are given a position superior to that of the Supreme Lord. The idea is that the government should be conducted under the guidance of the brāhmaṇas. Although Ṛṣabhadeva recommended His eldest son, Bharata, as emperor of the earth, he still had to follow the instructions of the brāhmaṇas in order to govern the world perfectly. The Lord is worshiped as brahmaṇya-deva. The Lord is very fond of devotees, or brāhmaṇas. This does not refer to so-called caste brāhmaṇas, but to qualified brāhmaṇas. A brāhmaṇa should be qualified with the eight qualities mentioned in text 24, such as śama, dama, satya and titikṣā. The brāhmaṇas should always be worshiped, and under their guidance the ruler should discharge his duty and rule the citizens. Unfortunately, in this age of Kali, the executive is not selected by very intelligent people, nor is he guided by qualified brāhmaṇas. Consequently, chaos results. The mass of people should be educated in Kṛṣṇa consciousness so that according to the democratic process they can select a first-class devotee like Bharata Mahārāja to head the government. If the head of the state is headed by qualified brāhmaṇas, everything is completely perfect.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the representative of Krsna

2011-12-14T10:00:49Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the representative of krsna"|"duty of the representative of god"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|21feb08}}

{{last|07Dec08}}

{{total|2}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=2|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Krsna's Representative]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Lectures" text="Lectures"><h2>Lectures</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures"><h3>Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Lec" link="Lecture on SB 1.8.18 -- Mayapura, September 28, 1974" link_text="Lecture on SB 1.8.18 -- Mayapura, September 28, 1974">
<div class="heading">So it is the duty of the representative of Kṛṣṇa to reform these condemned persons to Kṛṣṇa consciousness</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.8.18 -- Mayapura, September 28, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.8.18 -- Mayapura, September 28, 1974]]:''' So it is the duty of the representative of Krsna to reform these condemned persons to Krsna consciousness. This is their duty. Krsna wants that "These rascals, these condemned persons, who are suffering in this material world, and they cannot understand that 'We are suffering...' They are making plan. No plan will be successful." Daivi hy esa gunamayi mama maya duratyaya [Bg. 7.14]. You can make your plan, but it will never be successful. The only plan will be successful. What is that? Mam eva ye prapadyante mayam etam taranti te [Bg. 7.14]. That is the only plan. There is no other plan. But these rascals, they are being put into severe penalties. Duhkhalayam asasvatam [Bg. 8.15]. More and mo... The more they are forgetting God, they are put in, they are put into more and more miserable condition. Practically we see, with the advancement Kali-yuga, people are forgetting his relationship with Krsna, and the price of commodity and the food grains, the price is increasing. They cannot eat sufficiently. So many people are dying of starvation. If they cannot eat, how they will live?</div>
</div>

<div class="sub_section" id="General_Lectures" text="General Lectures"><h3>General Lectures</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Lec" link="Hare Krishna Festival Address -- San Diego, July 1, 1972, At Balboa Park Bowl" link_text="Hare Krishna Festival Address -- San Diego, July 1, 1972, At Balboa Park Bowl">
<div class="heading">It is the duty of the representative of God to take charge of a planet and educate the persons, the citizens, into God consciousness. That is Vedic way of life</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Hare Krishna Festival Address -- San Diego, July 1, 1972, At Balboa Park Bowl|Hare Krishna Festival Address -- San Diego, July 1, 1972, At Balboa Park Bowl]]::''' We have divided God's land: "This is America. This is India. This is Germany. This is England." But after all, this is our given name. This planet especially... Not only this planet, all other planets, Krsna says, sarva-loka-mahesvaram: He's the proprietor. Formerly, five thousand years ago, this planet was being governed by Krsna's representative, Maharaja Pariksit. That is actually life. Krsna is the proprietor of all planets, and one should be Krsna's representative to rule over the planet. That is Vedic system. There cannot be any king or emperor who is not representative of God. It is the duty of the representative of God to take charge of a planet and educate the persons, the citizens, into God consciousness. That is Vedic way of life. Not that the chief executive or the government simply levies taxes from the citizens and let them go to hell. This is not good government. The government must be responsible for the uplift of the citizens to the spiritual life. That is real government.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the receiver to act

2011-12-14T10:00:26Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the receiver to act"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|21feb08}}

{{last|07Dec08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=1}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Receiving]]

[[Category:Act]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Correspondence" text="Correspondence"><h2>Correspondence</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="1967_Correspondence" text="1967 Correspondence"><h3>1967 Correspondence</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Let" link="Letter to Umapati -- Calcutta 23 November, 1967" link_text="Letter to Umapati -- Calcutta 23 November, 1967">
<div class="heading">It is my duty to deliver you the right thing in right earnestness and it is the duty of the receiver to act in the standard spiritual regulation</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Letter to Umapati -- Calcutta 23 November, 1967|Letter to Umapati -- Calcutta 23 November, 1967]]:''' Please accept my blessings. I am so glad to receive your letter dated 15th Nov. 1967. You're very anxious to see me back in New York and I may inform you that I had settled to be in San Francisco on the 24 of Nov. but due to a petty revolution in Calcutta I am not able to leave. Future arrangements are pending. I wish to go from San Francisco to the other two new branches and then return to New York. I am so glad to learn that you are now getting the fruit of chanting Hare Krishna. Hare Krishna is so nice that it clears the dirty things from the mind of the devotee and the more one is used to chant the Holy Name offenselessly, the more one develops love of God, forgetting the whole material nonsense. (It is my duty to deliver you the right thing in right earnestness and it is the duty of the receiver to act in the standard spiritual regulation. When you left us I simply prayed to Krishna for your return to Krishna Consciousness because that was my duty. Any good soul who approaches me once for spiritual enlightenment is supposed to be depending on my responsibility to get him back to Krishna, back to home. The disciple may misunderstand a bona fide spiritual master being obliged to do so under pressure of Maya's influence. But a bona fide spiritual master never lets go a devotee once accepted. When a disciple misunderstands a bona fide spiritual master, the master regrets for his inability to protect the disciple and sometimes he cries with tears in the eyes. We had an experience while my Guru Maharaja was alive. One of His disciples who accepted sannyasa was one day forcibly dragged by his wife. My Guru Maharaja lamented with tears in His eyes saying that He could not save the soul.) We should always, therefore, be careful in the matter of being attacked by Maya's influence and the only means of guarantee is to chant Hare Krishna offenselessly. The greatest offense is to defy the spiritual master and to act sinfully, thinking in the strength of chanting. If a man thinks that chanting will save him from all kinds of sinful reaction deliberately committee. by him, then he becomes the greatest offender. By chanting Hare Krishna certainly we become free from all sinful reactions, but that does not mean that we shall deliberately commit sins and counteract it by chanting. Your reference to Kirtanananda and Hayagriva is very nicely appreciated. We shall silently pray for them to Krishna and shed tears for them for our inability to save them. Let us honestly pray and go ahead with Krishna Consciousness. More when we meet. Hope you are well</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the public to present a gift

2011-12-14T10:00:05Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the public to present a gift" }}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda |Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|21feb08 }}

{{last|22Aug08}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=1|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{total|1}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Public]]

[[Category:Presented]]

[[Category:Gift]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Sri_Caitanya-caritamrta" text="Sri Caitanya-caritamrta"><h2>Sri Caitanya-caritamrta</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="CC_Madhya-lila" text="CC Madhya-lila"><h3>CC Madhya-lila</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="CC" link="CC Madhya 24.266" link_text="CC Madhya 24.266, Tanslation and Purport">
<div class="heading">It is the duty of the public to present a gift to a saintly person, Vaiṣṇava or brāhmaṇa when going to see him</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 24.266|CC Madhya 24.266, Tanslation and Purport]]: The news that the hunter had become a Vaisnava spread all over the village. Indeed, all the villagers brought alms and presented them to the Vaisnava who had formerly been a hunter.'''

It is the duty of the public to present a gift to a saintly person, Vaisnava or brahmana when going to see him. Every Vaisnava is dependent on Krsna, and Krsna is ready to supply all of life's necessities, provided a Vaisnava follows the principles set forth by the spiritual master. There are certainly many householders in our Krsna consciousness movement. They join the movement and live in the society's centers, but if they take advantage of this opportunity and do not work but live at the expense of the movement, eating prasadam and simply sleeping, they place themselves in a very dangerous position. It is therefore advised that grhasthas should not live in the temple. They must live outside the temple and maintain themselves. Of course, if the grhasthas are fully engaged in the Lord's service according to the directions of the authorities, there is no harm in their living in a temple. In any case, a temple should not be a place to eat and sleep. A temple manager should be very careful about these things.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the president of each temple

2011-12-14T09:59:42Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the president of each temple"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|21feb08}}

{{last|02Jan09}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=1}}

{{toc right}}
[[Category:Duty Of...]]
[[Category:Each]]
[[Category:Temple President]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Correspondence" text="Correspondence"><h2>Correspondence</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="1974_Correspondence" text="1974 Correspondence"><h3>1974 Correspondence</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Let" link="Letter to Vidarbha Kanya -- Vrindaban 19 August, 1974" link_text="Letter to Vidarbha Kanya -- Vrindaban 19 August, 1974">
<div class="heading">Therefore I have established that the duty of the president of each temple and also the GBC is to see that each devotee is following the rules and regulations, chanting 16 rounds so that they may be spiritually fit</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Letter to Vidarbha Kanya -- Vrindaban 19 August, 1974|Letter to Vidarbha Kanya -- Vrindaban 19 August, 1974]]:''' Please accept my blessings. I beg to acknowledge receipt of your letter dated July 2nd 1974. In spiritual life it is very important to set a good example. The teachings of the param para are simply based on this principle of acarya. Sometimes the wife must bring the husband to Krishna Consciousness, so you yourself must chant 16 rounds and follow the devotional practices and reading my books. If it is difficult for you and you are falling down then it would be better for you to live in any one of our temples.
All of you are coming from backgrounds of bad habits, so to make progress in Krishna Consciousness we must overlook the faults of others. You must be patient with your husband. Chanting offenselessly is the remedy for all of these diseases. Therefore I have established that the duty of the president of each temple and also the GBC is to see that each devotee is following the rules and regulations, chanting 16 rounds so that they may be spiritually fit. So if you are having diff</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the president

2011-12-14T09:59:20Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"This is duty of the President"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|21feb08}}

{{last|07Dec08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:President]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Lectures" text="Lectures"><h2>Lectures</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures"><h3>Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Lec" link="Lecture on SB 1.16.21 -- Hawaii, January 17, 1974" link_text="Lecture on SB 1.16.21 -- Hawaii, January 17, 1974">
<div class="heading">He's always busy how to make you happy, how to make without any cares, anxiety. This is duty of the President</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.16.21 -- Hawaii, January 17, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.16.21 -- Hawaii, January 17, 1974]]:''' So our principle is that Krsna should be accepted as the leader because Krsna says in the Bhagavad-gita, mattah parataram nanyat kincid asti dhananjaya [Bg. 7.7]. Krsna is the supreme leader. Eko bahu..., nityo nityanam cetanas cetananam eko yo bahunam vidadhati (Katha Upanisad 2.2.13). Leader means he must... Just like father. Father is the leader of the family. And why father is the leader? Because he earns, he maintains the children, wife, servant, and establishment; therefore naturally, he's accepted the leader of the family. Similarly, you accept the President Nixon as the leader of your country because in dangerous time he gives direction, in peace time he gives direction. He's always busy how to make you happy, how to make without any cares, anxiety. This is duty of the President. Otherwise, why you select one President? Any man can live without any President, but no, it is required.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the preacher

2011-12-14T09:58:46Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the preacher"|"duty of a preacher"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|21feb08}}

{{last|07Dec08}}

{{total|3}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=2|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Preacher]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam"><h2>Srimad-Bhagavatam</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="SB_Canto_6" text="SB Canto 6"><h3>SB Canto 6</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="SB 6.5.44" link_text="SB 6.5.44, Purport">
<div class="heading">For example, when Nityānanda Prabhu went to preach Kṛṣṇa consciousness to the two roguish brothers Jagāi and Mādhāi, they injured Him and made His head bleed, but nevertheless, He tolerantly delivered the two rogues, who became perfect Vaiṣṇavas. This is the duty of a preacher</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:SB 6.5.44|SB 6.5.44, Purport]]:''' Following the orders of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, one who preaches the glories of the Lord all over the world or all over the universe should be humbler than grass and more tolerant than a tree because a preacher cannot live an easygoing life. Indeed, a preacher must face many impediments. Not only is he sometimes cursed, but sometimes he must also suffer personal injury. For example, when Nityananda Prabhu went to preach Krsna consciousness to the two roguish brothers Jagai and Madhai, they injured Him and made His head bleed, but nevertheless, He tolerantly delivered the two rogues, who became perfect Vaisnavas. This is the duty of a preacher. Lord Jesus Christ even tolerated crucifixion. Therefore the curse against Narada was not very astonishing, and he tolerated it.</div>
</div>

<div class="section" id="Conversations_and_Morning_Walks" text="Conversations and Morning Walks"><h2>Conversations and Morning Walks</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="1974_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks" text="1974 Conversations and Morning Walks"><h3>1974 Conversations and Morning Walks</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Con" link="Morning Walk -- April 7, 1974, Bombay" link_text="Morning Walk -- April 7, 1974, Bombay">
<div class="heading">Yes, better field, those who are innocent. That is the duty of the preacher, four things: īśvare tad-adhīneṣu baliśeṣu dviṣatsu ca. The preacher should see four things</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- April 7, 1974, Bombay|Morning Walk -- April 7, 1974, Bombay]]:'''

Prabhupada: Yes, better field, those who are innocent. That is the duty of the preacher, four things: isvare tad-adhinesu balisesu dvisatsu ca. The preacher should see four things. First of all isvara, the Supreme Person, God. So that vision must be there. He knows what is isvara or the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Then tad-adhinesu, those who have taken shelter of that isvara. That means devotees. Tad-adhinesu. And then balisesu. Balisesu means those who are innocent, have no sufficient knowledge, innocent. And dvisatsu. And there is always a class of men who are envious of God, dvisat. Dvisat means envious. So preacher has to see these four classes of men or three classes. One, isvara, and the other three classes. So he has to behave like that. To behave with isvara-prema, how to love. That is his business. How to increase love for the Supreme. Prema. Maitri, how to make friendship with the devotee. And to the innocent-krpa, how to become merciful. And to the envious-upeksa, negligence, not to talk with them. Four behavior. Isvare tad-a... This is madhyama adhikari. And the position of the preacher is madhyama adhihkari. Therefore they have to point out, "Here is a jealous man, envious man." But people do not want it. They say, "Why you are pointing out? Why you are pointing out?" But this is business of the preacher. Otherwise how he will preach?</div>
</div>

<div class="sub_section" id="1976_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks" text="1976 Conversations and Morning Walks"><h3>1976 Conversations and Morning Walks</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Con" link="Evening Darsana -- July 7, 1976, Washington, D.C." link_text="Evening Darsana -- July 7, 1976, Washington, D.C.">
<div class="heading">Because godless persons means duṣkṛtino mūḍhāḥ narādhamāḥ. So it is the duty of the preacher to enlighten them also, to take some risk</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Evening Darsana -- July 7, 1976, Washington, D.C.|Evening Darsana -- July 7, 1976, Washington, D.C.]]:'''

Prabhupada: They are mudhas, that is already explained. If you cannot convince them, then avoid them. What can be done? Instead of wasting time, you better avoid them. Upeksa. Useless. Because godless persons means duskrtino mudhah naradhamah. So it is the duty of the preacher to enlighten them also, to take some risk. But if one is unable to take risk, he may avoid them.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the post office

2011-12-14T09:58:05Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the post office"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|21feb08}}

{{last|07Dec08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Post Office]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam"><h2>Srimad-Bhagavatam</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="SB_Canto_3" text="SB Canto 3"><h3>SB Canto 3</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="SB 3.1.18" link_text="SB 3.1.18, Tanslation and Purport">
<div class="heading">The example of the postbox and post office may be applied here. The little postboxes distributed all over the city have the same potency as the postal system in general. The duty of the post office is to carry letters from one place to another</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:SB 3.1.18|SB 3.1.18, Tanslation and Purport]]: He began to travel alone, thinking only of Krsna, through various holy places like Ayodhya, Dvaraka and Mathura. He traveled where the air, hill, orchard, river and lake are all pure and sinless and where the forms of the Unlimited decorate the temples. Thus he performed the pilgrim's progress.'''

These arca forms of the Lord may be considered idols by the atheists, but that does not matter for persons like Vidura or His many other servants. The forms of the Lord are mentioned here as ananta-linga. Such forms of the Lord have unlimited potency, the same as that of the Lord Himself. There is no difference between the potencies of the arca and those of the personal forms of the Lord. The example of the postbox and post office may be applied here. The little postboxes distributed all over the city have the same potency as the postal system in general. The duty of the post office is to carry letters from one place to another. If one puts letters in postboxes authorized by the general post office, the function of carrying letters is performed without a doubt. Similarly, the arca-murti can also deliver the same unlimited potency of the Lord as when He is personally present. Vidura, therefore, could see nothing but Krsna in the different arca forms, and ultimately he was able to realize Krsna alone and nothing else.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the possessor of wealth

2011-12-14T09:57:41Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the possessor of wealth"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|21feb08}}

{{last|07Dec08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:possessor]]

[[Category:wealth]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam"><h2>Srimad-Bhagavatam</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="SB_Canto_1" text="SB Canto 1"><h3>SB Canto 1</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="SB 1.14.40" link_text="SB 1.14.40, Tanslation and Purport">
<div class="heading">When they are asked for a donation, it is the duty of the possessor of wealth to give in charity in consideration of the person, place and time</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:SB 1.14.40|SB 1.14.40, Tanslation and Purport]]: Has someone addressed you with unfriendly words or threatened you? Could you not give charity to one who asked, or could you not keep your promise to someone?'''

A ksatriya or a rich man is sometimes visited by persons who are in need of money. When they are asked for a donation, it is the duty of the possessor of wealth to give in charity in consideration of the person, place and time. If a ksatriya or a rich man fails to comply with this obligation, he must be very sorry for this discrepancy. Similarly, one should not fail to keep his promise to give in charity. These discrepancies are sometimes causes of despondency, and thus failing, a person becomes subjected to criticism, which might also be the cause of Arjuna's plight.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the police department

2011-12-14T09:56:54Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the police department"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|21feb08}}

{{last|07Dec08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:police]]

[[Category:department]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Lectures" text="Lectures"><h2>Lectures</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="General_Lectures" text="General Lectures"><h3>General Lectures</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Lec" link="Lecture -- San Francisco, April 2, 1968" link_text="Lecture -- San Francisco, April 2, 1968">
<div class="heading">So just like it is the duty of the police department or law order department to protect the citizens, and sometimes violence is required, similarly, the kñatriyas also were meant for that purpose, and they were entrusted with the administration of the government</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Lecture -- San Francisco, April 2, 1968|Lecture -- San Francisco, April 2, 1968]]:''' Krsna said that "Why you are deviating from your duty? You are ksatriya. Your business is to fight." Now this term ksatriya also to be understood. Ksatriya means one who protects others from being hurt by others. This material world is so made that everyone is prepared to attack another person. And one who protects that person who is attacked, he is called ksatriya. And the ksatriyas were in charge of administration. That means the person who can protect the citizen from being hurt or from suffering, they are called ksatriyas. So just like it is the duty of the police department or law order department to protect the citizens, and sometimes violence is required, similarly, the ksatriyas also were meant for that purpose, and they were entrusted with the administration of the government. So when Arjuna decided not to fight, Krsna instructed him this Bhagavad-gita. It is very interesting. He said that "You do not deviate from your duty. Do not think that you are killing your relatives, because you, Me, and all the persons who have assembled in this battlefield, they were existing before, they are existing at the present moment, and they will continue to exist. It is simply changing the dress." That means you, I, or all of us present here, we are all individual spirit souls and we are present here as in different dress. Similarly, we are present here in this world and in any other world with different kinds of bodies. According to Vedic literature there are 8,400,000's of different kinds of bodies. So He gave very nice example. If we study this example with little intelligence, we can understand this doctrine of transmigration of the soul very quickly.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the physician

2011-12-14T09:56:26Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the physician"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|21feb08}}

{{last|07Dec08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:physician]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Conversations_and_Morning_Walks" text="Conversations and Morning Walks"><h2>Conversations and Morning Walks</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="1973_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks" text="1973 Conversations and Morning Walks"><h3>1973 Conversations and Morning Walks</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Con" link="Morning Walk -- December 15, 1973, Los Angeles" link_text="Morning Walk -- December 15, 1973, Los Angeles">
<div class="heading">That is the duty of the physician. If somebody comes, patient: "Sir, I am suffering like this." "All right, don't be sorry. Sit down. I will give you medicine</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- December 15, 1973, Los Angeles|Morning Walk -- December 15, 1973, Los Angeles]]:'''

Prabhupada: Yes, he must go to the state and offer, "Please kill me." Then state may consider. "I have committed this murder, so the law is: I must give my life. So I am prepared." Then immediately he will be excused. Yes. [break]

Karandhara: ...a devotee came and told Prabhupada that he committed some wrong doing, and he was very, very sorry, and he was crying and very sorry, and you said, "That's all right. That's nice. Now do something about it. Engage yourself in Krsna's service."

Prabhupada: Yes, yes, yes. That is the duty of the physician. If somebody comes, patient: "Sir, I am suffering like this." "All right, don't be sorry. Sit down. I will give you medicine." [break]

Prajapati: ...what these rascal philosophers do, psychologists and scientists, they say the things that are very sinful actually, that Krsna says and the Bible and all of scriptures say are sinful, they say, "That's all right. You may do those things." Not only do they deny God's existence, but they say that which is sinful is actually good for you: "Yes. You must have intoxication, take illicit sex life," like that.

Prabhupada: No good man will say like that. That is the difference between good man and bad man. The same example as I told, that one blind man is going this side, and another man says, "Yes, you are all right. Go this side." This is going on. Either he does not know, this rascal who says, "Yes, you can go this side," that he will fall down in the ocean and die... Both of them do not know. So one blind man, andha yathandhair upaniyamanah [SB 7.5.31]. One blind man is giving direction to another blind man. This is going on. Therefore Vedic injunction is to take direction: "You must go to guru." That is in... Tad-vijnanartham sa gurum evabhigacchet [MU 1.2.12]. Gurum eva, "Must go." Then he will get right direction. Otherwise misguided.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the people

2011-12-14T09:55:37Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the people"|"duty of the person"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|21feb08}}

{{last|02Dec08}}

{{total|3}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=2|CC=1|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:people]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Sri_Caitanya-caritamrta" text="Sri Caitanya-caritamrta"><h2>Sri Caitanya-caritamrta</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="CC_Madhya-lila" text="CC Madhya-lila"><h3>CC Madhya-lila</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="CC" link="CC Madhya 20.339" link_text="CC Madhya 20.339, Tanslation and Purport">
<div class="heading">By this mantra, the people worship Lord Kṛṣṇa in Dvāpara-yuga. In Kali-yuga the occupational duty of the people is to chant congregationally the holy name of Kṛṣṇa</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 20.339|CC Madhya 20.339, Tanslation and Purport]]: "By this mantra, the people worship Lord Krsna in Dvapara-yuga. In Kali-yuga the occupational duty of the people is to chant congregationally the holy name of Krsna.'''

As stated in Srimad-Bhagavatam (12.3.51):

:kaler dosa-nidhe rajann asti hy eko mahan gunah
:kirtanad eva krsnasya mukta-bandhah param vrajet

"My dear King, although Kali-yuga is full of faults, there is still one good quality about this age. It is that simply by chanting the Hare Krsna maha-mantra, one can become free from material bondage and be promoted to the transcendental kingdom." Thus in Kali-yuga one worships Lord Krsna by chanting Hare Krsna, Hare Krsna, Krsna Krsna, Hare Hare/ Hare Rama, Hare Rama, Rama Rama, Hare Hare. To propagate this movement, Lord Krsna personally appeared as Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu. That is described in the following verse.</div>
</div>

<div class="section" id="Lectures" text="Lectures"><h2>Lectures</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures"><h3>Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="Lecture on SB 1.5.22 -- Vrndavana, August 3, 1974" link_text="Lecture on SB 1.5.22 -- Vrndavana, August 3, 1974">
<div class="heading">So it is the duty of the person, never mind in whatever occupation he is engaged, uttamaśloka-guṇānuvarṇanam, to glorify the Supreme Lord</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.5.22 -- Vrndavana, August 3, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.5.22 -- Vrndavana, August 3, 1974]]:''' That everyone is situated in some business, occupation. So it is the duty of the person, never mind in whatever occupation he is engaged, uttamasloka-gunanuvarnanam, to glorify the Supreme Lord. It doesn't matter whether he is a medical man or he is an engineer or a lawyer, or whatever he may be, politician... His only business is by his occupational duties to glorify the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is the basic principle of Krsna consciousness movement. We do not advise that you change your place. There is no need of changing place. Sthane sthitah. This is the Brahma's version. Sthane sthitah sruti-gatam tanu-van-manobhih. You remain your, in your occupation, your position, but kindly hear. Therefore we have got so many sastras, Vedic... Therefore the Vedic literature is known as sruti. One has to hear. But that education is lacking. Nobody is hearing the Vedic literatures. They are hearing so many other things, but not... Therefore Bhagavata says, srotavyadini rajendra nrnam santi sahasrasah. Srotavyadini. The business is to hear.</div>
</div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="Lecture on SB 5.5.2 -- Hyderabad, April 13, 1975" link_text="Lecture on SB 5.5.2 -- Hyderabad, April 13, 1975">
<div class="heading">This is the method of worship. What is that? That Supreme Personality of Godhead who is always chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 5.5.2 -- Hyderabad, April 13, 1975|Lecture on SB 5.5.2 -- Hyderabad, April 13, 1975]]:''' So Krsna personally appeared as devotee to reestablish the mission of Krsna. Krsna wanted sarva-dharman parityajya [Bg. 18.66], and Caitanya Mahaprabhu preached Krsna consciousness, krsna-varnam tvisa akrsna. This is a statement in the Srimad-Bhagavatam. The real identification of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. That is in this age there was talk between Nimi Maharaja and Navayogendra. So what is the duty of the people of Kali-yuga to worship the Supreme? In that connection, Karabhajana Muni, he said,

: krsna-varnam tvisakrsnam
: sangopangastra-parsadam
: yajnaih sankirtana-prayair
: yajanti hi su-medhasah

:[SB 11.5.32]
This is the method of worship. What is that? That Supreme Personality of Godhead who is always chanting Hare Krsna mantra. Krsna varnayati, krsna varna tvisa akrsnam. But His bodily complexion is not krsna, not blackish, but yellowish, tvisa. Tvisa means by the complexion, akrsna, not Krsna. And another symptom, sangopangastra-parsadam. He's associated with His most confidential devotees and expansions.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the mouth

2011-12-14T09:54:28Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the mouth"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|22feb08}}

{{last|29Nov08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:mouth]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Lectures" text="Lectures"><h2>Lectures</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="Philosophy_Discussions" text="Philosophy Discussions"><h3>Philosophy Discussions</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Con" link="Philosophy Discussion on John Dewey" link_text="Philosophy Discussion on John Dewey">
<div class="heading">So one must do the duty of the mouth. The mouth speaks, vibrates and eats. So our proposition is to chant Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra and eat Kṛṣṇa prasādam</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on John Dewey|Philosophy Discussion on John Dewey]]::''' Yes. No theory. This is practical. Now, as a big machine, the screw is a part, so if every part works nicely, the machine goes nicely. So if we understand... Just like I think last night I was explaining mukha baho rupa divya: the gigantic body, the brahmana class, they are the mouth. So one must do the duty of the mouth. The mouth speaks, vibrates and eats. So our proposition is to chant Hare Krsna mantra and eat Krsna prasadam. Then the mouth duty, the brahmana's duty, is performed. Similarly, the ksatriya's duty -- again we come to that varnasrama-dharma. So everyone is factually part and parcel of God and executes his prescribed duty, then it is perfect.

: varnasramacaravata
: purusena parah puman
: visnur aradhyate pumsam
: nanyat tat-tosa-karanam
: [Cc. Madhya 8.58]

If you want to satisfy the Supreme Lord, then you must execute the functions as they are prescribed in the varnasrama system. Then everything is all right. The same example: If all the parts of a machine is in order, working, it will make no trouble. If one of the screws, I mean, is slack, or it has fallen down, then another part is dislocated, that whole work is stopped. So we should consider in that way, that we are all part and parcel of Krsna. So according to part and parcel, you must execute your duty -- as brahmana, as ksatriya, as vaisya, as sudra. And the brahmana being head, he should give the direction. Therefore he is considered the guru of other varnas. But he... Because if there is no head, no brahmana, then the whole thing is disturbed. And that is the position at the present moment. Actually there is no brahmana, or scarcity of brahmana. So others are not guided properly. Therefore there is chaos in the whole society. So we require to create some brahmanas, and others should understand to abide by the direction of the brahmanas. Then the whole society will be in order.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the master

2011-12-14T09:52:56Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the master"|"duty of his friend"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|22feb08}}

{{last|23Nov08}}

{{total|4}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=3|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:master]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam"><h2>Srimad-Bhagavatam</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="SB_Canto_4" text="SB Canto 4"><h3>SB Canto 4</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="SB 4.26.22" link_text="SB 4.26.22, Translation">
<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:SB 4.26.22|SB 4.26.22, Translation]]: My dear slender maiden, when a master chastises his servant, the servant should accept this as great mercy. One who becomes angry must be very foolish not to know that such is the duty of his friend.'''</div>
</div>

<div class="sub_section" id="SB_Canto_8" text="SB Canto 8"><h3>SB Canto 8</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="SB 8.7.38" link_text="SB 8.7.38, Translation">
<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:SB 8.7.38|SB 8.7.38, Translation]]: It is my duty to give protection and safety to all living entities struggling for existence. Certainly it is the duty of the master to protect his suffering dependents.'''</div>
</div>

<div class="section" id="Lectures" text="Lectures"><h2>Lectures</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures" text="Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures"><h3>Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Lec" link="Lecture on BG 4.1 -- Delhi, November 10, 1971" link_text="Lecture on BG 4.1 -- Delhi, November 10, 1971">
<div class="heading">But when we are going to the teacher, teacher is showing from the 1, 2, 3, 4, teacher is showing, but not to what you can tell him to just you. Teacher is telling, teacher is showing us</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 4.1 -- Delhi, November 10, 1971|Lecture on BG 4.1 -- Delhi, November 10, 1971]]:'''

Guest (2): Excuse me. Your honor, sir, what is the duty of the perfect master?

Prabhupada: To teach the rascals (laughter). The students are all rascals, and the teacher's duty, to educate him properly, that is.

Guest (2): Is not the perfect master, when come to the Earth, prophet, he showed to the God?

Prabhupada: You were asking what is the duty of the master and teacher.

Guest (2): Yes.

Prabhupada: The teacher's duty is to make right the rascals, that's all.

Guest (2): When is the perfect mast...

Prabhupada: So, first of all this is the duty of the teacher. So, therefore, a disciple should consider himself, that he's a rascal, and then he goes to a teacher. If he thinks himself, that he is quite all right, he does not require a teacher.

Guest (2): But when we are going to the teacher, teacher is showing from the 1, 2, 3, 4, teacher is showing, but not to what you can tell him to just you. Teacher is telling, teacher is showing us. So the perfect master, when the Lord Krsna...

Prabhupada: But how do you know the perfect master, if you are a student?

Guest (2): When the Lord Krsna was on the Earth...

Prabhupada: First of all you answer me, that if you are a student, how you can know who is perfect teacher? (laughter) So you do not know what is your position. If you are teacher, if you are a student, then you should go to the teacher submissively, not that strong attitude.</div>
</div>

<div class="sub_section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures"><h3>Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="Lecture on SB 1.8.19 -- Mayapura, September 29, 1974" link_text="Lecture on SB 1.8.19 -- Mayapura, September 29, 1974">
<div class="heading">Just like you have seen that the dog and the master. The master is so friendly to the dog out of love. It is a dog, but when it is passing stool, he's waiting. Why? Is the duty of the master to wait because the dog is passing stool? No. Out of love</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.8.19 -- Mayapura, September 29, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.8.19 -- Mayapura, September 29, 1974]]:''' So unless we become very serious to understand Krsna, it is very, very difficult to understand Krsna. Maya-javanikacchannam. On the one side, Kunti says, antar bahir avasthitam: "Krsna, You are within..." Isvarah sarva-bhutanam hrd-dese [Bg. 18.61]. Krsna is not far away. Krsna is always with you. He, He's so friendly that just like two birds... It is said in the Upanisads: the one bird is eating the fruit of the tree; another bird is simply guiding and seeing. Because this material world, living entity wanted to enjoy. Just like you have seen that the dog and the master. The master is so friendly to the dog out of love. It is a dog, but when it is passing stool, he's waiting. Why? Is the duty of the master to wait because the dog is passing stool? No. Out of love. Out of love. We can see from practical example. Similarly... The master may be a great millionaire, but still, he loves the dog so much that on the morning walk he takes his dog and the dog is passing urine... What, what business dog has got? To pass urine and stool and go this way and that way. But the master is attending. Similarly, God, or Krsna, is so affectionate that we have come here in this material world simply to pass stool and urine, still He's attending. Still, He's attending. Just imagine what merciful is Krsna.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the legs

2011-12-14T09:51:31Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the legs"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|22feb08}}

{{last|23Nov08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Leg]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam"><h2>Srimad-Bhagavatam</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="SB_Canto_4" text="SB Canto 4"><h3>SB Canto 4</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="SB 4.21.33" link_text="SB 4.21.33, Purport">
<div class="heading">Thus the brahminical or intelligent men have to execute the duty of the head, the kṣatriyas must fulfill the duty of the arms, the vaiśya class must fulfill the duty of the belly, and the śūdras must fulfill the duty of the legs</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:SB 4.21.33|SB 4.21.33, Purport]]:''' As stated in the Eighteenth Chapter of Bhagavad-gita, sva-karmana tam abhyarcya: one has to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead by one's occupational duties. This necessitates accepting the principle of four varnas and four asramas. Prthu Maharaja therefore says, gunaih sva-karmabhih. This phrase is explained in Bhagavad-gita. Catur-varnyam maya srstam guna-karma-vibhagasah: "The four castes (the brahmanas, ksatriyas, vaisyas and sudras) are created by the Supreme Personality of Godhead according to the material modes of nature and the particular duties discharged in those modes." A person who is situated in the mode of goodness is certainly more intelligent than others. Therefore he can practice the brahminical activities -- namely speaking the truth, controlling the senses, controlling the mind, remaining always clean, practicing tolerance, having full knowledge about one's self-identity, and understanding devotional service. In this way, if he engages himself in the loving service of the Lord as an actual brahmana, his aim to achieve the final interest of life is attained. Similarly, the ksatriya's duties are to give protection to the citizens, to give all his possessions in charity, to be strictly Vedic in the management of state affairs and to be unafraid to fight whenever there is an attack by enemies. In this way, a ksatriya can satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead by his occupational duties. Similarly, a vaisya can satisfy the Supreme Godhead by properly executing his occupational duties -- engaging himself in producing foodstuffs, giving protection to cows, and trading if necessary when there is an excess of agricultural production. Similarly, because sudras do not have ample intelligence, they should simply engage as workers to serve the higher statuses of social life. Everyone's aim should be to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead by engaging his mind in thinking always of Krsna, his words in always offering prayers to the Lord or preaching about the glories of the Lord, and his body in executing the service required to satisfy the Lord. As there are four divisions within our body -- the head, the arms, the belly and the legs -- similarly, human society, taken as a whole, is divided into four classes of men according to their material qualities and occupational duties. Thus the brahminical or intelligent men have to execute the duty of the head, the ksatriyas must fulfill the duty of the arms, the vaisya class must fulfill the duty of the belly, and the sudras must fulfill the duty of the legs. In executing the prescribed duties of life, no one is higher or lower; there are such divisions as "higher" and "lower," but since there is actually a common interest -- to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead -- there are no distinctions between them.</div>
</div>

<div class="section" id="Lectures" text="Lectures"><h2>Lectures</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="Philosophy_Discussions" text="Philosophy Discussions"><h3>Philosophy Discussions</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="" link="Philosophy Discussion on Immanuel Kant" link_text="Philosophy Discussion on Immanuel Kant">
<div class="heading">The service is the main point. The same example of our body, that the duty of eyes, seeing, it is different from the duty of the legs, walking. But walking and seeing, both of them are being utilized for the whole body; therefore all of them are useful</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on Immanuel Kant|Philosophy Discussion on Immanuel Kant]]::''' Therefore, as soon as you say duty, duty should be prescribed by some higher authority. In that sense, this system is very scientific: brahmana, ksatriya, vaisya, sudra. It is very scientific. For brahmana, these are the duties; a ksatriya, these are the duties. Every duty may appear different, but because it is a command of the Supreme, by discharging these duties on different platform, he is serving the Supreme. If Krsna says, "All right, I see you are a brahmana. Your duties are like this," "I see you are a ksatriya. Your duties are like this," "I see you are a vaisya. Your duties are like this..." But Krsna says catur-varnyam maya srstam [Bg. 4.13]. I have divided, so Krsna gives duty, that "Your duty is this, your duty is this, and your duty is this." And if he faithfully serves the duty, that means he is serving Krsna. The duties may appear different, but because he is serving Krsna, he is going to perfection. Just like in our institution, I am the head man, so I may say, "You paint. You preach. You type. You do this." So the duties may be different, but by discharging duty, you are serving me; therefore you are perfect. Similarly, duties are given by the Supreme. Because I see that you are a sudra, you cannot discharge the duties of a brahmana. That is not possible. So you do your duty like this. So superficially it may seem that a sudra's duty is inferior to the brahmana's duty, but if the sudra is performing his duty in accordance to the order of the Supreme, then he is also serving. The service is the main point. The same example of our body, that the duty of eyes, seeing, it is different from the duty of the legs, walking. But walking and seeing, both of them are being utilized for the whole body; therefore all of them are useful. So there cannot be any fixed-up duty, neither is everyone able to follow the same principles. Therefore this varnasrama-dharma is very scientific. That is to be understood.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the journalist

2011-12-14T09:50:03Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the journalist"|"duty of the pressmen"}}
{{notes|}}
{{compiler|Syamananda|Visnu Murti}}
{{complete|ALL}}
{{first|23feb08}}
{{last|18Feb11}}
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=2|Let=0}}
{{total|2}}
{{toc right}}
[[Category:Duty Of...]]
[[Category:Journalist]]
</div>
<div id="Conversations_and_Morning_Walks" class="section" sec_index="5" parent="compilation" text="Conversations and Morning Walks"><h2>Conversations and Morning Walks</h2>
</div>
<div id="1975_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks" class="sub_section" sec_index="8" parent="Conversations_and_Morning_Walks" text="1975 Conversations and Morning Walks"><h3>1975 Conversations and Morning Walks</h3>
</div>
<div id="MorningWalkOctober81975Durban_0" class="quote" parent="1975_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks" book="Con" index="205" link="Morning Walk -- October 8, 1975, Durban" link_text="Morning Walk -- October 8, 1975, Durban">
<div class="heading">It is the duty of the journalist to give real knowledge to the public
</div>
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- October 8, 1975, Durban|Morning Walk -- October 8, 1975, Durban]]: </span><div class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Prabhupada: Yes. If you read these books and write regular articles on the basis of my talk with you, it will be actually great benefit to the public.</p>
<p>Faill: Well, I'm about the only person in Durban, I think, who tries to write about this at all.</p>
<p>Prabhupada: Yes. It is the duty of the journalist to give real knowledge to the public. That is the duty of the journalist, not to give some hodgepodge idea without any effect.</p>
<p>Faill: I can't be bothered with profit (indistinct). I do a weekly science column, but it's more mysticism than science. I try and cover everything. Anyway, I won't keep you any longer.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div id="MorningWalkOctober161975Johannesburg_1" class="quote" parent="1975_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks" book="Con" index="216" link="Morning Walk -- October 16, 1975, Johannesburg" link_text="Morning Walk -- October 16, 1975, Johannesburg">
<div class="heading">It is the duty of the pressmen, journalists, to propagate. They must know the first science of the living force within the body
</div>
<span class="link">[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- October 16, 1975, Johannesburg|Morning Walk -- October 16, 1975, Johannesburg]]: </span><div class="text"><p style="display: inline;">Prabhupada: Thank you. Hare Krsna. You have taken lunch? So, it is very important movement. Try to study, understand. And it is the duty of the pressmen, journalists, to propagate. They must know the first science of the living force within the body. That is the most important part.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the jiva

2011-12-14T09:49:31Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the jiva"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|23feb08}}

{{last|23Nov08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:jiva]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Conversations_and_Morning_Walks" text="Conversations and Morning Walks"><h2>Conversations and Morning Walks</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="1977_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks" text="1977 Conversations and Morning Walks"><h3>1977 Conversations and Morning Walks</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Con" link="Room Conversation -- May 8, 1977, Hrishikesh" link_text="Room Conversation -- May 8, 1977, Hrishikesh">
<div class="heading">Similarly, the duty of the jīva is to serve Kṛṣṇa. If he cannot, then he's diseased. And if you want to continue in diseased condition, that is your obstinacy</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- May 8, 1977, Hrishikesh|Room Conversation -- May 8, 1977, Hrishikesh]]:'''

Prabhupada: Same thing. Sarvam khalv idam brahma. So jiva is also Brahman. It is same thing, but very small particle. That's all. You can understand the nature of God by studying the nature of jiva. It does not take much hard... He said, mamaivamso jiva-loke. Manah... Because now... He says, manah sasthanindriyani prakrti-sthani karsati [Bg. 15.7]. "So why he's struggling? Because he's depending on the mind and the senses. He's not depending upon Me." They are creating mental creation, concoction, and acting sensually. Therefore the normal condition... Just like this finger is part and parcel of my body, so it is the duty of the finger to act according to my desire. I ask the finger, "Please come here. I have some itchy feeling." If it cannot, then it is diseased. Similarly, the duty of the jiva is to serve Krsna. If he cannot, then he's diseased. And if you want to continue in diseased condition, that is your obstinacy. Yathecchasi tatha kuru: [Bg. 18.63] "Whatever you like, you do." Krsna says that "Now that I have spoken to you everything, now whatever you like, you do." And because Arjuna understood Him totally, he said, nasto mohah smrtir labdha karisye vacanam tava [Bg. 18.73]. This is Gita's verse. "I'll do what You say." That is all. And He says also, sarva-dharman parityajya mam ekam... [Bg. 18.66]. So if you do that, then your life is perfect. If you don't do that, then rot. Aprapya mam nivartante mrtyu-samsara-vartmani. Asraddadhanah purusa dharmasyasya parantapa: [Bg. 9.3] "One who does not hear Me and what I am speaking, this Bhagavad-gita -- he has no faith -- then he does not get Me." Then what is the result if one does not...? No, nivartante mrtyu-samsara-vartmani: "Then he returns back again in the cycle of birth and death, sometimes cat, sometimes demigod, sometimes this..." Go on. Bhutva bhutva praliyate [Bg. 8.19]. Become something, remain for some time. Then again you become something else and jump like dog: "I belong to his nation. I belong to this community. I belong..." Sva-vid-varahostra-kharaih samstutah purusah pasuh [SB 2.3.19]. He remains animal, and another big animal becomes his leader. This is going on.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the intelligent men

2011-12-14T09:48:52Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the intelligent men"|"duty of the intelligent person"|"duty of the intelligent class of men"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda | Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|23feb08}}

{{last|07Dec08}}

{{total|3}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=1|Lec=1|Con=1|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Intelligent Men]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Other_Books_by_Srila_Prabhupada" text="Other Books by Srila Prabhupada"><h2>Other Books by Srila Prabhupada</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="Light_of_the_Bhagavata" text="Light of the Bhagavata"><h3>Light of the Bhagavata</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="OB" link="LOB 21" link_text="Light of the Bhagavata, text 21, Purport">
<div class="heading">It is the duty of the intelligent men to influence the members of the richer communities—the kṣatriyas and vaiśyas—to sacrifice for spiritual culture</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:LOB 21|Light of the Bhagavata, text 21, Purport]]:''' As already explained, the four divisions of society -- namely the intelligent class of men (the brahmanas), the ruling class (the ksatriyas), the mercantile class (the vaisyas), and the laboring class (the sudras) -- are meant to achieve one goal in life: self-realization, or cultivation of the human spirit. The intelligent class of men, the brahmanas, are to inspire the ksatriyas and vaisyas in performing sacrifices for spiritual cultivation, and thus the cooperation of the brahmanas, ksatriyas, and vaisyas uplifts the people in general, or the ordinary laboring class of men. As soon as this cooperation between the four classes of men in society stops and the basic principles of spiritual culture are neglected, the social structure of humanity becomes a second edition of animal life, based on the propensities of eating, sleeping, fearing, and mating. It is the duty of the intelligent men to influence the members of the richer communities -- the ksatriyas and vaisyas -- to sacrifice for spiritual culture. Only in this way can the tension between the capitalists and the laborers be well mitigated.

In this age of Kali, when a slight difference of opinion leads to quarrel, even to the extent of riots, it is the duty of the intelligent men, the brahmanas, to selflessly inspire the richer people to sacrifice for this purpose. It is suggested herewith that the men of the intelligent class should not themselves try to become ksatriyas or vaisyas, nor should they engage themselves in the occupations of the various other classes; rather, the brahmanas should simply guide them in spiritual cultivation, just as the wind carries the clouds to other places to pour water. The wind itself does not take up the responsibility for pouring water.</div>
</div>

<div class="section" id="Lectures" text="Lectures"><h2>Lectures</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures" text="Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures"><h3>Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Lec" link="Introduction to Gitopanisad" link_text="Introduction to Gitopanisad">
<div class="heading">Therefore it is the duty of the intelligent person to show the way of living</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Introduction to Gitopanisad|Introduction to Gitopanisad]]:''' But these fools, they do not take the suffering into consideration. They are making plans for more suffering. This is foolish civilization. They cannot... The so-called scientists, they are talking in jugglery of words, advancement. And as we were discussing this morning, any intelligent can ask, "So what you have solved? What kind of solution you have made of this problem of birth, death, old age and disease? Have you solved this problem?" That they will not say, "Yes." "Yes, we are trying after millions of years it may be possible." That is also... "It may be that we shall live forever." They say like that. Now, who is going to live for millions of years to see, to confirm your proposal? Everyone will be finished within fifty, sixty years. You will be... You rascal, you also will be finished. And who is going to see your resultant action?
So this is going on. Therefore it is the duty of the intelligent person to show the way of living.</div>
</div>

<div class="section" id="Conversations_and_Morning_Walks" text="Conversations and Morning Walks"><h2>Conversations and Morning Walks</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="1971_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks" text="1971 Conversations and Morning Walks"><h3>1971 Conversations and Morning Walks</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Con" link="Room Conversation with Dr. Karan Singh , -- November 25, 1971, Delhi" link_text="Room Conversation with Dr. Karan Singh , -- November 25, 1971, Delhi">
<div class="heading">Therefore, first of all duty is there must be an intelligent class of men directing. Then the other direction will follow. If the duty of the intelligent class of men is taken by the foolish rascals, then how this work will go on?</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Dr. Karan Singh , -- November 25, 1971, Delhi|Room Conversation with Dr. Karan Singh , -- November 25, 1971, Delhi]]:'''

Prabhupada: But just like the brain says that "Here is an enemy," so hand immediately strikes. Brain gives direction that "Here is an enemy coming," and he strikes with his hand. This is ksatriya. And the belly supplies food, vaisya. And the legs, sudra, carries. So there must be systematic division of the work. Everyone should work. The brain will work, the hand will work, the belly will work, the leg will work, but the direction should be from the brain. Therefore, first of all duty is there must be an intelligent class of men directing. Then the other direction will follow. If the duty of the intelligent class of men is taken by the foolish rascals, then how this work will go on? That is first reformation, that we should pick up the intelligent class of men of the world and they will direct. And next the administrator class. And next the productive class. So intelligent class means one who is Krsna conscious, he is intelligent, actual. Just like in Bhagavad-gita it is said, bahunam janmanam ante jnanavan mam prapadyate [Bg. 7.19]. Is it not? So jnanavan means the first-class intelligent class. So after many, many births, when one becomes actually wise, what is the symptom? Mam prapadyate, he immediately surrenders to Krsna. Vasudevah sarvam iti sa mahatma su-durlabhah [Bg. 7.19]. That is the highest perfection of intelligence, to become Krsna conscious. Then he will give direction to the administration. The basic principle is that without being Krsna conscious, you cannot work properly. (Sanskrit) Because we neglected Krsna, therefore brahmana, ksatriyas, they have fallen down. Brahmana, ksatriya, vaisya, everyone.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the hindus

2011-12-14T09:45:56Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the hindus"|"duty of all hindus"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda|Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|23feb08}}

{{last|23Nov08}}

{{total|3}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=2}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Hindu]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Conversations" text="Conversations"><h2>Conversations</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="1975_Conversations" text="1975 Conversations"><h3>1975 Conversations</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Con" link="Room Conversation with Reporter -- March 9, 1975, London" link_text="Room Conversation with Reporter -- March 9, 1975, London">
<div class="heading">Kṛṣṇa is not meant for the Hindus, but Kṛṣṇa appeared in Hindustan. Therefore it is the duty of all Hindus to know Kṛṣṇa first</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Reporter -- March 9, 1975, London|Room Conversation with Reporter -- March 9, 1975, London]]:'''

Reporter: How does Kṛṣṇa consciousness relate to the Hindu religion? Because that is also based on the Bhagavad-gītā.

Prabhupāda: Kṛṣṇa is not meant for the Hindus, but Kṛṣṇa appeared in Hindustan. Therefore it is the duty of all Hindus to know Kṛṣṇa first. And they also conscious. Every Hindu knows Kṛṣṇa. Every Hindu observes the Janmāṣṭamī, Kṛṣṇa's birthday. But they are not very serious to understand Kṛṣṇa as a follower. Just like Christian. They admit they are Christian but don't follow the Christian principles. So that Hindus are also like that. Nobody is following Kṛṣṇa's instruction. Kṛṣṇa says, "I am God." Mattaḥ parataraṁ nānyat: [Bg. 7.7] "There is no more superior person or superior position than Me," Kṛṣṇa says. And "God" means that. In the dictionary "God" means the Supreme Being. Supreme Being means nobody is greater than Him; nobody is equal to Him. That is called supreme. So here God personally says that mattaḥ parataraṁ nānyat kiñcid asti dhanañjaya [Bg. 7.7]. But this rascal will not accept. They will say, "No, here is another dini-kṛṣṇa." They will bring one competitor. That is going on. "God" means there cannot be any competitor. Nobody is equal to Him; nobody is greater than Him. But they will bring so many competitors. "Why Kṛṣṇa alone will be God?" This is the position of the modern Hindus. They have lost their own culture, and they wanted to imitate Western culture. That they could not do, neither they could maintain their own culture. Therefore in the wilderness, very precarious condition.</div>
</div>

<div class="section" id="Correspondence" text="Correspondence"><h2>Correspondence</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="1947_to_1965_Correspondence" text="1947 to 1965 Correspondence"><h3>1947 to 1965 Correspondence</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Let" link="Letter to Mathura Prasad -- Vrindaban 23 May, 1964" link_text="Letter to Mathura Prasad -- Vrindaban 23 May, 1964">
<div class="heading">Srimad-Bhagavatam is meant for all human beings and it is the duty of the Hindus specially the Vaisnavas to disseminate the great knowledge throughout the whole world</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Letter to Mathura Prasad -- Vrindaban 23 May, 1964|Letter to Mathura Prasad -- Vrindaban 23 May, 1964]]:''' At the present moment the people are more concerned with the temporary things namely the gross body and the subtle mind without any practical touch with the permanent soul and His Lord. The result is that we have produced a godless civilization and the whole world unhappy for this conception of civilization.
Srimad-Bhagavatam gives us practical solution for all the problems political social ideological philosophical cultural and transcendental knowledge for all human being. Srimad-Bhagavatam is meant for all human beings and it is the duty of the Hindus specially the Vaisnavas to disseminate the great knowledge throughout the whole world. With this purpose in view I have taken up the mighty project and I wish that you gentlemen cooperate with me fully. The cooperation is possible to be made either by life, wealth, intelligence or words. Every one has got some of the above assets of the above four principles if not at least one of them must we have and we can engage them in the service of the Lord.
Srimad-Bhagavatam gives all informations to attain the highest perfection of life both during the continuation of the present life as well as in the life after death.</div>
</div>

<div class="sub_section" id="1967_Correspondence" text="1967 Correspondence"><h3>1967 Correspondence</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Let" link="Letter to Sri Krishnaji -- San Francisco 25 March, 1967" link_text="Letter to Sri Krishnaji -- San Francisco 25 March, 1967">
<div class="heading">I am trying to implement this truth in this part of the world and it is the duty of the Hindus and Indians to help me in all respects</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Letter to Sri Krishnaji -- San Francisco 25 March, 1967|Letter to Sri Krishnaji -- San Francisco 25 March, 1967]]:''' Regarding cooperation in the matter of preaching work in the western countries it is the duty of every Indian and Hindu to cooperate in this task. There are so many Sanatana Dharma establishment in India but no body has tried to preach the principles of Bhagavad-gita in the Western countries although Bhagavad-gita is widely read all over the world. Swamis like Vivekananda or others who came here before me, manufactured their own ideological religion and that is not in conformity of the Bhagavad-gita. The straight way of Bhagavad-gita is that Lord Sri Krishna is the Original Personality of Godhead and He is the only worshipable object for all humanity. "Mattah nanyat parataram kimchid asti dhananjaya. There is nothing superior Truth than Sri Krishna is the Gospel of all Vedic instruction. I am trying to implement this truth in this part of the world and it is the duty of the Hindus and Indians to help me in all respects.
As far as possible try to help me in this mission at least in the publication of my books from India and if possible meet Sriman Joshi with this letter and talk with him. Let me know know your joint decision and that will help me much. If you reply this letter after 31st March 1967 then you may reply this letter to my New York address namely 26 Second Avenue New York N.Y. 10003.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the hands and legs

2011-12-14T09:45:01Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the hands and legs"|"duty of this hand"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|23feb08}}

{{last|23Nov08}}

{{total|2}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=2|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Hand]]

[[Category:Leg]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Lectures" text="Lectures"><h2>Lectures</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures"><h3>Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Lec" link="Lecture on SB 6.1.55 -- London, August 13, 1975" link_text="Lecture on SB 6.1.55 -- London, August 13, 1975">
<div class="heading">Just like the hand is part and parcel of my body, so what is the duty of this hand? The duty is to fulfill the desire of the person. Similarly, we are part and parcel of God, or Kṛṣṇa. Or only business is to fulfill the desire of Kṛṣṇa, not to fulfill our desire</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.55 -- London, August 13, 1975|Lecture on SB 6.1.55 -- London, August 13, 1975]]:''' Bhakta means anyabhilasita-sunyam jnana-karmady-anavrtam [Brs. 1.1.11]. The bhakta has nothing to do with this jnana and karma. Jnana means to understand. So you understand simply that "I am part and parcel of Krsna, and Krsna is the Supreme Personality of Godhead." Then your jnana is full. Your knowledge is full. These two words, that "Krsna is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and I am Krsna's part and parcel," if we realize these things only, then our jnana, our knowledge, is perfect. And then, as soon as knowledge is perfect, then next is vairagya. Jnana-vairagya-yuktaya [SB 1.2.12]. Two things required. But if you remain in the jnana platform, do not come to the actual spiritual platform, then srama eva hi kevalam [SB 1.2.8]. It is simply waste of... Jnana means to have knowledge. What knowledge? This knowledge, that "Krsna is the Supreme Person, bhokta, purusa, and we are just part and parcel of Krsna to fulfill the desire of Krsna." This is jnana. Just like the hand is part and parcel of my body, so what is the duty of this hand? The duty is to fulfill the desire of the person. Similarly, we are part and parcel of God, or Krsna. Or only business is to fulfill the desire of Krsna, not to fulfill our desire. That is... That is not bhakti. That is jnana or karma. But fulfill the desire of Krsna, that is bhakti. Anukulyena krsnanusilanam bhaktir uttama [Cc. Madhya 19.167]. This is first-class bhakti.</div>
</div>

<div class="quote" book="Lec" link="Lecture on SB 6.1.62 -- Vrndavana, August 29, 1975" link_text="Lecture on SB 6.1.62 -- Vrndavana, August 29, 1975">
<div class="heading">This is the position of Kṛṣṇa and ourself. We are part and parcel, just like the hands and legs are my part and parcel of the body. So the duty of the hands and legs are that carry out my order</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.62 -- Vrndavana, August 29, 1975|Lecture on SB 6.1.62 -- Vrndavana, August 29, 1975]]:''' In the Bhagavad-gita it is said, param brahma param dhama pavitram paramam bhavan, purusam sasvatam adyam [Bg. 10.12]. Krsna, the Lord, is described as purusa, and living entities are described as prakrti. Apareyam itas tu viddhi me prakrtim para, jiva-bhuto maha-baho yayedam dharyate jagat [Bg. 7.5]. Krsna has explained. There is material energy and spiritual energy. So jiva-bhuta. Jiva-bhuta, the living entities, they have been described as prakrti, and prakrti means females. And Krsna has been described as purusa. So purusa is the enjoyer, and prakrti is the enjoyed. Don't think that "enjoyed" means simply sex. No. "Enjoyed" means subordinate, to carry out the order of the purusa. This is the position of Krsna and ourself. We are part and parcel, just like the hands and legs are my part and parcel of the body. So the duty of the hands and legs are that carry out my order. I say my legs, "Carry me there." He will... It will do immediately. My hand -- "Just take it." I'll take it. The hand will take it. So this is prakrti and purusa. The purusa orders, and the prakrti performs the duty. This is the real..., not that as soon as we say prakrti and purusa, immediately there is question of sex. No. Means... Prakrti means obedient, obedient to the purusa. This is natural way. In the Western countries they are artificially trying to become equal, but that is not possible by nature. And there is no such question, inferiority or superiority. There is no such question.</div>
</div>

<div class="sub_section" id="General_Lectures" text="General Lectures"><h3>General Lectures</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="" link="Conway Hall Lecture -- London, September 15, 1969" link_text="Conway Hall Lecture -- London, September 15, 1969">
<div class="heading">Just like this hand is part and parcel of your body. Now, what is the duty of this hand? To serve the body, that's all. The hand cannot enjoy independently. It is not possible</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Conway Hall Lecture -- London, September 15, 1969|Conway Hall Lecture -- London, September 15, 1969]]::''' So Lord Caitanya, who started this movement five hundred years ago in Bengal, India, He immediately informs you that jivera svarupa haya nitya krsna dasa [Cc. Madhya 20.108-109], that our real identity, real constitutional position, is that we are part and parcel of Krsna, or God. Therefore you can understand what is your duty. Just like this hand is part and parcel of your body. Now, what is the duty of this hand? To serve the body, that's all. The hand cannot enjoy independently. It is not possible. If you cut off this hand from this body and throw into the street, nobody will care for it. But so long it is attached with this body, it has got millions and trillions of dollars' value. If there is any trouble, you will be prepared to spend any any amount. But when you are detached, this hand is detached from this body, you don't care for it, even it is trampled down by any man. So this is our position. We are part and parcel of the Supreme Lord. There are many examples I can give you. Just like a machine part, a screw. If it is fallen down from the machine, it has no value. But if the machine is in trouble for want of that screw, you'll purchase that screw to set in and spend many dollars. Similarly, we are part and parcel of the Supreme Lord. If we remain attached with the Supreme Lord, then we have got value. Otherwise we have no value. Therefore Krsna says in the Bhagavad-gita, that sarva-dharman parityajya mam ekam saranam vraja: [Bg. 18.66] "You just be attached to Me. Then your all problems are solved."</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the guide

2011-12-14T09:44:06Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the guide"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|26feb08}}

{{last|23Nov08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Guide]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Lectures" text="Lectures"><h2>Lectures</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures"><h3>Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Lec" link="Lecture on SB 5.5.17 -- Vrndavana, November 5, 1976" link_text="Lecture on SB 5.5.17 -- Vrndavana, November 5, 1976">
<div class="heading">By advancing in Kṛṣṇa consciousness he can be raised to the highest plat... So it is the duty of the guide not to engage him in lower class of occupation. Therefore there must be a class of men first-class who can teach the society how to advance in human civilization</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 5.5.17 -- Vrndavana, November 5, 1976|Lecture on SB 5.5.17 -- Vrndavana, November 5, 1976]]:''' So Sanatana Gosvami recommends, tatha diksa-vidhanena dvijatvam jayate nrnam. Tatha diksa-vidhanena. If diksa-vidhana, initiation process, is done nicely from the right person There are so many sastric ref... Suddhyanti yad-apasrayasrayah, kirata-hunandhra-pulinda-pulkasa abhira-sumbha yavanah khasadayah, ye 'nye ca papa yad-apasrayasrayah suddhyanti [SB 2.4.18]. These things are there. So by the disciplic succession, by the instruction of the Gosvamis, everyone can be purified because they will properly train up. Avidyayam antare vartamanam. They will not misguide. Drstva punas tam saghrnah kubuddhim. Merciful: "Never mind." But there is no disqualification because one is low born and high born. Everyone can take. But he must follow the direction of the proper guide. Just like we say, "No meat-eating, no intoxication, no illicit sex." If he follows the rules and regulation and chants Hare Krsna under the guidance of proper spiritual master, then everything will be all right. He is no more sudra or candala. He will become... Candalo 'pi dvija-srestha hari-bhakti-parayanah. By advancing in Krsna consciousness he can be raised to the highest plat... So it is the duty of the guide not to engage him in lower class of occupation. Therefore there must be a class of men first-class who can teach the society how to advance in human civilization.
Thank you very much.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the female

2011-12-14T09:36:06Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the female"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|1march08}}

{{last|26Oct08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Female]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam"><h2>Srimad-Bhagavatam</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="SB_Canto_4" text="SB Canto 4"><h3>SB Canto 4</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="SB 4.7.59" link_text="SB 4.7.59, Tanslation and Purport">
<div class="heading">Sakti is feminine, and the Lord is purusa, masculine. It is the duty of the female to serve under the supreme purusa</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:SB 4.7.59|SB 4.7.59, Tanslation and Purport]]: Ambika [goddess Durga], who was known as Daksayini [Sati], again accepted Lord Siva as her husband, just as different energies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead act during the course of a new creation.'''

According to a verse of the Vedic mantras, parasya saktir vividhaiva sruyate: [Cc. Madhya 13.65, purport] the Supreme Personality of Godhead has different varieties of energies. Sakti is feminine, and the Lord is purusa, masculine. It is the duty of the female to serve under the supreme purusa. As stated in Bhagavad-gita, all living entities are marginal energies of the Supreme Lord. Therefore it is the duty of all living entities to serve this Supreme Person. Durga is the representation in the material world of both the marginal and external energies, and Lord Siva is the representation of the Supreme Person. The connection of Lord Siva and Ambika, or Durga, is eternal. Sati could not accept any husband but Lord Siva. How Lord Siva remarried Durga as Himavati, the daughter of the Himalayas, and how Karttikeya was born, is a great story in itself.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the family members

2011-12-14T09:32:35Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the elderly members of the family"|"duty of the family member"|"duty of the elderly relative"|"duty of the relative"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|1march08}}

{{last|23Nov08}}

{{total|4}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=4|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Family]]

[[Category:Members]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Lectures" text="Lectures"><h2>Lectures</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures"><h3>Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Lec" link="Lecture on SB 1.8.24 -- Mayapura, October 4, 1974" link_text="Lecture on SB 1.8.24 -- Mayapura, October 4, 1974">
<div class="heading">They were so obedient because Dhṛtarāṣṭra happened to be the superior in the house, and he took care of the Pāṇḍavas when they were small children because their father died at an early age. So it was the duty of the elderly members of the family</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.8.24 -- Mayapura, October 4, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.8.24 -- Mayapura, October 4, 1974]]:''' Visat: "from poison." The Dhrtarastra group, Dhrtarastra and his sons, they conspired to give them poison. They were transferred to a house. They were so obedient because Dhrtarastra happened to be the superior in the house, and he took care of the Pandavas when they were small children because their father died at an early age. So it was the duty of the elderly members of the family. After all, they were very respectable ksatriya family. So the elderly members means Dhrtarastra and Vidura and Bhismadeva. Bhismadeva was the grandfather of the family, and Dhrtarastra was the elder brother of Pandava, and Vidura was also brother, Vidura, also elder. Pandu was the youngest, the father of Maharaja Yudhisthira and... So it is, after all, a, what is called, varnasrama family, Vedic family. So the elderly people had the responsibility to raise the fatherless children. So Dhrtarastra took charge as the eldest member. So maya is very strong. He began to think that "Actually this kingdom belongs to me. I am the eldest son, but because I am born blind, therefore it was given to my younger brother. Now he is dead. Now he's dead, so the property belongs to me. Some way or other, it was transferred to my younger brother. Now the younger brother is dead. Then again I become proprietor. So at least I could not rule over the kingdom, why not my sons?" This was the beginning.</div>
</div>

<div class="quote" book="Lec" link="Lecture on SB 1.14.43 -- New York, April 7, 1973 (New-2003)" link_text="Lecture on SB 1.14.43 -- New York, April 7, 1973 (New-2003)">
<div class="heading">Just see Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira, how much he was anxious to take care of Dhṛtarāṣṭra. Although he played, played the part of an enemy throughout, still it is the duty of the family member to take care of the old men</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.14.43 -- New York, April 7, 1973 (New-2003)|Lecture on SB 1.14.43 -- New York, April 7, 1973 (New-2003)]]:''' So, "Have you not taken care of old men and boys who deserve to dine with you?" So, this is Vedic culture. When there is foodstuff to be distributed, the first preference is given to the children. We remember, even now we are seventy-eight, when we were children, we were four, five years old, we remember. Some of you have seen that (indistinct), and if you, anyone here? You have seen. So, the first feasting is for children. So sometimes I was little obstinate, I'll not, sit down, "No, I'll take with you, (indistinct)." But that was system. First of all children should be sumptuously fed, then the brahmanas, and children and old men. In the family, children and old men... Just see Maharaja Yudhisthira, how much he was anxious to take care of Dhrtarastra. Although he played, played the part of an enemy throughout, still it is the duty of the family member to take care of the old men. When Dhrtarastra left home after being accused by his younger brother Vidura, so, "My dear brother, you are still attached to family life, you have no shame. You are taking food whom you..., from whom you considered your enemies. You wanted to kill them from the very beginning. You set fire to their home. You banished them in the forest. You intrigued against their lives, and now everything is finished, all your sons, grandsons and son-in-laws and brothers, fathers, uncles...," I mean to say Bhisma was his uncle. So all the family. In the battlefield of Kuruksetra everyone was killed except these five brothers: Yudhisthira, Bhima, Arjuna, Nakula, Sahadeva. All male members were killed. So, only the remaining descendant was Maharaja Pariksit. He was within the womb of his mother. And his father died, Arjuna's son, Abhimanyu. He was sixteen years old. Fortunately his wife was pregnant. Otherwise the Kuru dynasty was finished. So, he rebuked ,that "Still you are sitting here just for a morsel of food like dog. You have no shame, my dear brother."</div>
</div>

<div class="quote" book="Lec" link="Lecture on SB 6.2.5-6 -- Vrndavana, September 9, 1975" link_text="Lecture on SB 6.2.5-6 -- Vrndavana, September 9, 1975">
<div class="heading">So it is the duty of guru, it is the duty of father, it is the duty of the government, it is the duty of the elderly relative to educate everyone. This is human life, not that simply eating like dog and dancing like dog. This is not human civilization</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.2.5-6 -- Vrndavana, September 9, 1975|Lecture on SB 6.2.5-6 -- Vrndavana, September 9, 1975]]:''' So it is the duty of guru, it is the duty of father, it is the duty of the government, it is the duty of the elderly relative to educate everyone. This is human life, not that simply eating like dog and dancing like dog. This is not human civilization. So sa katham nyarpitatmanam krta-maitram acetanam. If I think that "My spiritual master is here. He will save me," and if I do not train him how to save them, then what is the use of having such spiritual master? What is the use of having such father? And what is the use of such government? There is a Bengali poetry by a Bengali Vaisnava: kaname janame sabe pita mata paya, krsna guru nahi mile bhajaha e aya.(?) As soon as you take birth, there is father. Either you take birth as a snake or you take birth as a human being, without father and mother there is no question of birth. So father and mother you will get in every birth. But krsna guru nahi mile bhajaha e aya(?): Krsna and guru will not be available in every birth. That is very important thing. You cannot get Krsna in the form of a snake or a cat and a dog, but you can get Krsna in the form as a human being.</div>
</div>

<div class="quote" book="Lec" link="Lecture on SB 7.6.7 -- Vrndavana, December 9, 1975" link_text="Lecture on SB 7.6.7 -- Vrndavana, December 9, 1975">
<div class="heading">It is the duty of the father and mother, the duty of the guru, the duty of the relative, to save one another from the cycle of birth and death. This is real upakāra, to save from the cycle of birth</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.6.7 -- Vrndavana, December 9, 1975|Lecture on SB 7.6.7 -- Vrndavana, December 9, 1975]]:''' Any, at any moment the life can be finished. You know. There is no guarantee, "Because a child is a child, oh, he has got hundred years' age, so let him play now." No, that is not. He should be trained up. This is the duty of the father and mother. Na mocayed yah samupeta-mrtyum. "One should not become father, one should not become mother, if he is not very careful to save the child from the imminent death." The imminent death does not mean motor accident. Imminent death means we are in the cycle of birth and death. It is the duty of the father and mother, the duty of the guru, the duty of the relative, to save one another from the cycle of birth and death. This is real upakara, to save from the cycle of birth... Na mocayed yah samupeta-mrtyum. This life, we are thinking that "I am eighty years old or ninety years old." But it is not eighty years, ninety... It is mrtyu. Mrtyu. You are dying every moment. It is the life of mrtyu. Therefore one has to save. Na mocayed yah samupeta-mrtyum. A child is grown up, five years old. Suppose he'll live hundred years. So that means he has already died five years. Therefore it is mrtyu. Or we have grown eighty years old. That means... Suppose I live hundred years. Still, I have already died eighty years. Therefore it is mrtyu. The whole life is mrtyu. Every moment you are dying, dying, dying, dying, from the very birth. Suppose a child is born one hour before. So one hour passed means he has died one hour out of hundred years, the beginning of death. This is called mrtyum. So we are thinking, "We are growing. We are living." This is all mugdha, bewildered. Where you are growing, you are living? You are dying every moment.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the fallen souls

2011-12-14T09:31:06Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the fallen souls"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|1march08}}

{{last|23Nov08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Fallen Souls]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam"><h2>Srimad-Bhagavatam</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="SB_Canto_1" text="SB Canto 1"><h3>SB Canto 1</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="SB 1.5.21" link_text="SB 1.5.21, Tanslation and Purport">
<div class="heading">All the Vedic literatures, therefore, are put into systematic order for the benefit of the fallen souls, and it is the duty of the fallen souls to take advantage of such literatures and be freed from the bondage of material existence</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:SB 1.5.21|SB 1.5.21, Tanslation and Purport]]: Your Goodness has perfect vision. You yourself can know the Supersoul Personality of Godhead because you are present as the plenary portion of the Lord. Although you are birthless, you have appeared on this earth for the well-being of all people. Please, therefore, describe the transcendental pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead Sri Krsna more vividly.'''

Srila Vyasadeva is the empowered plenary portion incarnation of the Personality of Godhead Sri Krsna. He descended by his causeless mercy to deliver the fallen souls in the material world. The fallen and forgotten souls are detached from the transcendental loving service of the Lord. The living entities are parts and parcels of the Lord, and they are eternally servitors of the Lord. All the Vedic literatures, therefore, are put into systematic order for the benefit of the fallen souls, and it is the duty of the fallen souls to take advantage of such literatures and be freed from the bondage of material existence. Although formally Srila Narada Rsi is his spiritual master, Srila Vyasadeva is not at all dependent on a spiritual master because in essence he is the spiritual master of everyone else. But because he is doing the work of an acarya, he has taught us by his own conduct that one must have a spiritual master, even though he be God Himself. Lord Sri Krsna, Lord Sri Rama and Lord Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, all incarnations of Godhead, accepted formal spiritual masters, although by Their transcendental nature They were cognizant of all knowledge. In order to direct people in general to the lotus feet of Lord Sri Krsna, He Himself in the incarnation of Vyasadeva is delineating the transcendental pastimes of the Lord.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the eyes

2011-12-14T09:29:51Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of eyes"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|1march08}}

{{last|17Nov08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Eyes]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Lectures" text="Lectures"><h2>Lectures</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="Philosophy_Discussions" text="Philosophy Discussions"><h3>Philosophy Discussions</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Lec" link="Philosophy Discussion on Immanuel Kant" link_text="Philosophy Discussion on Immanuel Kant">
<div class="heading">The same example of our body, that the duty of eyes, seeing, it is different from the duty of the legs, walking. But walking and seeing, both of them are being utilized for the whole body; therefore all of them are useful</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on Immanuel Kant|Philosophy Discussion on Immanuel Kant]]:''' Therefore, as soon as you say duty, duty should be prescribed by some higher authority. In that sense, this system is very scientific: brahmana, ksatriya, vaisya, sudra. It is very scientific. For brahmana, these are the duties; a ksatriya, these are the duties. Every duty may appear different, but because it is a command of the Supreme, by discharging these duties on different platform, he is serving the Supreme. If Krsna says, "All right, I see you are a brahmana. Your duties are like this," "I see you are a ksatriya. Your duties are like this," "I see you are a vaisya. Your duties are like this..." But Krsna says catur-varnyam maya srstam [Bg. 4.13]. I have divided, so Krsna gives duty, that "Your duty is this, your duty is this, and your duty is this." And if he faithfully serves the duty, that means he is serving Krsna. The duties may appear different, but because he is serving Krsna, he is going to perfection. Just like in our institution, I am the head man, so I may say, "You paint. You preach. You type. You do this." So the duties may be different, but by discharging duty, you are serving me; therefore you are perfect. Similarly, duties are given by the Supreme. Because I see that you are a sudra, you cannot discharge the duties of a brahmana. That is not possible. So you do your duty like this. So superficially it may seem that a sudra's duty is inferior to the brahmana's duty, but if the sudra is performing his duty in accordance to the order of the Supreme, then he is also serving. The service is the main point. The same example of our body, that the duty of eyes, seeing, it is different from the duty of the legs, walking. But walking and seeing, both of them are being utilized for the whole body; therefore all of them are useful. So there cannot be any fixed-up duty, neither is everyone able to follow the same principles. Therefore this varnasrama-dharma is very scientific. That is to be understood.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the excise department

2011-12-14T09:29:05Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the excise department"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|2march08}}

{{last|23Nov08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|<----|Please|update|this|hit|count|by|inserting|the|corresponding|statistic|tag|to|each|quote!|---->}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Department]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Lectures" text="Lectures"><h2>Lectures</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="Philosophy_Discussions" text="Philosophy Discussions"><h3>Philosophy Discussions</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="" link="Philosophy Discussion on Sigmund Freud" link_text="Philosophy Discussion on Sigmund Freud">
<div class="heading">Because unless the government takes this matter in their hands, people will distill... It is not very difficult. There are many illicit distillers also. That's why it is the duty of the excise department to arrest them</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on Sigmund Freud|Philosophy Discussion on Sigmund Freud]]::''' So when the sastras deal with meat-eating, drinking and sex, which is already there... Psychologically everyone has this tendency. Then why is it mentioned in the sastras in this way? The whole thing is to restrict. Just like ordinarily in the state drinking liquor is also controlled by the excise department of the government. The government opens drinking shops, but the price is enhanced. I know because I was dealing in rectified spirits, so because we are preparing medicine we are getting opium, rectified spirits, ganja, very cheaply. One smuggler came to me and said that "You give me your license, you take one thousand rupees. I will manage." So I told him that when I would be arrested, because after I would be arrested, then the government would ask me that "We have given you the license as a respectable gentleman, and you are doing this," then what shall I reply? So this restriction is that liquor... Wine is made from rectified spirits, brandy, whiskey, everything; I know all the formulas, how to make them. The cost price of the rectified spirits is about Rs. 1/59 per gallon, and the government is selling at 60 rupees. For us it was five rupees, because we were manufacturers. So why (indistinct)? Restriction. Because unless the government takes this matter in their hands, people will distill... It is not very difficult. There are many illicit distillers also. That's why it is the duty of the excise department to arrest them. My point is that why is the government increasing the price? So that restricting, that people may not pay so much price, they may not drink (indistinct). When the government opens a liquor shop, it does not mean that all of you become drunkards. It is not an advertisement. Similarly, when sastras give the permission that "You can have sex life by marriage," or "You can eat meat by offering the goat to goddess Kali," or "You can drink by offering worship to Candi," it is restricted. Nobody can worship Candi daily. Nobody can worship Kali daily. There is also fixed date... Kali worship can be performed on (indistinct). The (indistinct) comes once a month. So that means restricted. One can eat meat once in a month. But the restriction is not there for eating rice, dahl, ghee, fruit or milk. There is no such restriction. But whenever there is a question of liquor, meat-eating and sex, immediately there is sastra injunction that "You can do this under certain conditions." That means the whole idea is to restrict. That is, psychology is already there, but sastras (indistinct), because they know if people become implicated with all these nonsense things, then his duration of materialistic way of life will increase, and we will have to accept material bodies birth after birth. So by restriction, gradually just like we are restricting all these things, gradually, the Western students, they are coming to the point of becoming a pure devotee. But these things are already there. Everyone know it. Mr. Freud does not require to study. It is already there. We know in the Vedic sastras. But they should be restricted.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the elevated person

2011-12-14T09:27:50Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the elevated person"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|2march08}}

{{last|23Nov08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Elevated]]

[[Category:Person]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Lectures" text="Lectures"><h2>Lectures</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="Nectar_of_Devotion_Lectures" text="Nectar of Devotion Lectures"><h3>Nectar of Devotion Lectures</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Lec" link="The Nectar of Devotion -- Vrndavana, November 6, 1972" link_text="The Nectar of Devotion -- Vrndavana, November 6, 1972">
<div class="heading">So it is the duty of the elevated person, brāhmaṇas and Vaiṣṇavas, to take charge of this business. Kṛṣṇa says, ye 'pi syuḥ pāpa-yonayaḥ. Never mind one is born in low-grade family, but he can go back to home, back to Godhead</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:The Nectar of Devotion -- Vrndavana, November 6, 1972|The Nectar of Devotion -- Vrndavana, November 6, 1972]]:''' One may question how he becomes purified. He's born in a family of dog-eaters. How he becomes purified? It requires... According to Smarta consideration, he requires next birth. There are two processes of Vedic understanding, Smarta-vicara and Gosvami-vicara. According to Smarta-vicara, unless a person born in a low-grade family takes another birth, he cannot be eligible to become a brahmana. But according to Gosvami-vicara, if he's properly initiated by a bona fide Vaisnava, then he becomes more than a brahmana. Svadyo 'pi sadyah. Immediately he becomes eligible to perform sacrifices. so the problem is that at the present moment we are not taking care... I mean that our Indian brahmanas, those who are spiritual leaders, they are not actually taking care of the fallen souls. But in the Bhagavad-gita it is sanctioned, it is said clearly: mam hi partha vyapasritya ye 'pi syuh papa-yonayah [Bg. 9.32]. Any person born of low-grade family, papa-yoni, striyo vaisyas tatha sudras te 'pi yanti param gatim... So it is the duty of the elevated person, brahmanas and Vaisnavas, to take charge of this business. Krsna says, ye 'pi syuh papa-yonayah. Never mind one is born in low-grade family, but he can go back to home, back to Godhead. Te 'pi yanti param gatim. So who will take the initiative to elevate these persons? Unless one who is expert does take interest for elevating these fallen souls, then how they will be elevated? This is problem. But we are not careful about these affairs.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the demigods

2011-12-14T09:22:39Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the demigods"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Samvit}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|4march08}}

{{last|09Nov08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Demigods]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam"><h2>Srimad-Bhagavatam</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="SB_Canto_8" text="SB Canto 8"><h3>SB Canto 8</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="SB 8.1.29" link_text="SB 8.1.29, Tanslation and Purport">
<div class="heading">The duty of the demigods is to protect the authority of the Vedas</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:SB 8.1.29|SB 8.1.29, Tanslation and Purport]]: O King, in the Tamasa manvantara the sons of Vidhrti, who were known as the Vaidhrtis, also became demigods. Since in course of time the Vedic authority was lost, these demigods, by their own powers, protected the Vedic authority.'''

In the Tamasa manvantara there were two kinds of demigods, and one of them was known as the Vaidhrtis. The duty of the demigods is to protect the authority of the Vedas. The word devata refers to one who carries the authority of the Vedas, whereas Raksasas are those who defy the Vedic authority. If the authority of the Vedas is lost, the entire universe becomes chaotic. Therefore, it is the duty of the demigods, as well as kings and aides of governments, to give full protection to the Vedic authority; otherwise human society will be in a chaotic condition in which there cannot be peace or prosperity.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the community

2011-12-14T09:22:12Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the community"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Samvit}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|4march08}}

{{last|09Nov08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Community]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Conversations_and_Morning_Walks" text="Conversations and Morning Walks"><h2>Conversations and Morning Walks</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="1975_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks" text="1975 Conversations and Morning Walks"><h3>1975 Conversations and Morning Walks</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Con" link="Morning Walk Excerpt -- March 14, 1975, Iran" link_text="Morning Walk Excerpt -- March 14, 1975, Iran">
<div class="heading">At the present moment on account of this bodily concept of life every one of us thinking nationality and duty of nation, duty of the community, duty of the family, so many duties</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Morning Walk Excerpt -- March 14, 1975, Iran|Morning Walk Excerpt -- March 14, 1975, Iran]]:'''
Servant. God is supreme, we are all subordinate. God is maintaining us just like father maintains. So it is the duty of the son to be obedient to the father, to act according to his order. Then everything is perfect. At the present moment on account of this bodily concept of life every one of us thinking nationality and duty of nation, duty of the community, duty of the family, so many duties. But actually we, being spiritual, our only duty is to serve God. We are serving; everyone is serving. That is our constitutional position, to serve. But at the present moment we are serving maya, illusion, and we have to be trained up to serve the Supreme Being. Then our life is perfect. [break] ...at the present moment, although there are many religious system, they have no clear conception of God, although religion means to approach God. There is no religion throughout the whole world which is not connected with the word God. So religion means to understand God. But if we have no clear conception of God, then the religion is defective. Do you admit it or not? Religion means to understand God or God's laws. That is religion. But if we do not understand what is God, then that religion is also defective. So far our position is, we are approaching directly God through His agent, and our conception of God is there in the temple worship or our working for God. But we have got no vague idea of God. We have got complete idea: Krsna. You want to speak anything?</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the common man

2011-12-14T09:21:39Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the common man"|"duty of man"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Samvit}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|4march08}}

{{last|09Nov08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Common Man]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam"><h2>Srimad-Bhagavatam</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="SB_Canto_2" text="SB Canto 2"><h3>SB Canto 2</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="SB 2.3.22" link_text="SB 2.3.22, Purport">
<div class="heading">Formerly all rich men like kings and rich merchants constructed such temples under the direction of expert devotees of the Lord, like the six Gosvāmīs, and it is the duty of the common man to take advantage of these temples and festivals observed in the holy places of pilgrimage by following in the footsteps of great devotees</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:SB 2.3.22|SB 2.3.22, Purport]]:''' Only attention engaged in the service of the Lord, especially in dressing and decorating the temple, accompanied by musical kirtana and spiritual instructions from scriptures, can save the common man from the hellish cinema attractions and rubbish sex-songs broadcast everywhere by radios. If one is unable to maintain a temple at home, he should go to another's temple where all the above performances are regularly executed. Visiting the temple of a devotee and looking at the profusely decorated forms of the Lord well dressed in a well-decorated, sanctified temple naturally infuse the mundane mind with spiritual inspiration. People should visit holy places like Vrndavana where such temples and worship of the Deity are specifically maintained. Formerly all rich men like kings and rich merchants constructed such temples under the direction of expert devotees of the Lord, like the six Gosvamis, and it is the duty of the common man to take advantage of these temples and festivals observed in the holy places of pilgrimage by following in the footsteps of great devotees (anuvraja). One should not visit all these sanctified pilgrimage places and temples with sightseeing in mind, but one must go to such temples and sanctified places immortalized by the transcendental pastimes of the Lord and be guided by proper men who know the science. This is called anuvraja. Anu means to follow. It is therefore best to follow the instruction of the bona fide spiritual master, even in visiting temples and the holy places of pilgrimage. One who does not move in that way is as good as a standing tree condemned by the Lord not to move. The moving tendency of the human being is misused by visiting places for sightseeing. The best purpose of such traveling tendencies could be fulfilled by visiting the holy places established by great acaryas and thereby not being misled by the atheistic propaganda of moneymaking men who have no knowledge of spiritual matters.</div>
</div>

<div class="section" id="Lectures" text="Lectures"><h2>Lectures</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="Philosophy_Discussions" text="Philosophy Discussions"><h3>Philosophy Discussions</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="" link="PD George Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel" link_text="Philosophy Discussions, George Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel">
<div class="heading">So to possess the knowledge of God, the best duty of man is to take knowledge from God about God</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:PD George Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel|Philosophy Discussions, George Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel]]:'''

Prabhupāda: So to possess the knowledge of God, the best duty of man is to take knowledge from God about God. I know myself, that he says, that God knows Himself. So if God knows, that is natural. I know what I am. So if you take knowledge of me from me instead of speculating, that is perfect knowledge. So here, in the Bhagavad-gita, the God is explaining Himself. So if you simply take the knowledge given by God, that is your perfected knowledge of God. Why you are speculating? You are wasting time. Take the knowledge from God about Him, and then you have perfect knowledge. Why should you speculate? Suppose I am studying you, I am speculating, "Well, Hayagriva may be like this, he might have so much money, he might have so much bank balance, he is living like that," this is speculation. But if I say, "Hayagriva, what you are?" you say, "I have got this, I do like this," that is my perfect knowledge. Why shall I speculate?</div>
</div>

<div class="section" id="Conversations_and_Morning_Walks" text="Conversations and Morning Walks"><h2>Conversations and Morning Walks</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="1975_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks" text="1975 Conversations and Morning Walks"><h3>1975 Conversations and Morning Walks</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="" link="Television Interview -- July 9, 1975, Chicago" link_text="Television Interview -- July 9, 1975, Chicago">
<div class="heading">Ideal is that man must be first-class and he must be responsible to take care of the woman, and she should be given all protection, all necessities. That is the duty of man</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Television Interview -- July 9, 1975, Chicago|Television Interview -- July 9, 1975, Chicago]]:'''

Prabhupada: That is bad experience. But the ideal is different. Ideal is that man must be first-class and he must be responsible to take care of the woman, and she should be given all protection, all necessities. That is the duty of man. Just like father takes the charge of his daughter, similarly, husband should take charge of the woman. And similarly, elderly sons also took charge of the woman. The father never exploits the daughter. He gives all protection. That is the duty of the husband also. When she is grown up, she cannot remain under the protection of father. She is given, therefore, to a suitable boy to take charge. But the charge is the same, to give protection, all comforts. And because there is no first-class man to take charge of the woman, they are declaring independence. All the men are doing that. They keep girlfriend, make her pregnant, and go away, goes away.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the commerce department

2011-12-14T09:21:12Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the Commerce Department"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Samvit}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|5march08}}

{{last|09Nov08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Commerce]]

[[Category:Department]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Conversations_and_Morning_Walks" text="Conversations and Morning Walks"><h2>Conversations and Morning Walks</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="1973_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks" text="1973 Conversations and Morning Walks"><h3>1973 Conversations and Morning Walks</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Con" link="Room Conversation with Sanskrit Professor, Dr. Suneson -- September 5, 1973, Stockholm" link_text="Room Conversation with Sanskrit Professor, Dr. Suneson -- September 5, 1973, Stockholm">
<div class="heading">What is the duty of the Commerce Department? The government must see that the trade enterprise, common share, or industrial enterprise, they are doing nicely, properly. The government issuing license</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Sanskrit Professor, Dr. Suneson -- September 5, 1973, Stockholm|Room Conversation with Sanskrit Professor, Dr. Suneson -- September 5, 1973, Stockholm]]:'''

Prabhupada: No. That is... Just like you have got the Commerce Department. Government has got. What is the duty of the Commerce Department? The government must see that the trade enterprise, common share, or industrial enterprise, they are doing nicely, properly. The government issuing license. They have got supervision. They send sometimes, what is called, inspectors? Education. Say, for education. There is educational inspector, school inspector. They go see that the students are properly being educated in that school. Similarly, government should have expert men in the government to see that the Hindus are acting like Hindu, Muslims are acting like Muslim, and Christians are acting like Christian. The government should not be callous about religion. They may be neutral that whatever religion you profess, government has nothing to do. You do nicely. But it is the government's duty to see that you are doing nicely, you are not bluffing. That is government's duty.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the citizen

2011-12-14T09:20:14Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duties of the prajas"|"duty of the citizen"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Samvit}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|4march08}}

{{last|05Nov08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Citizens]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam"><h2>Srimad-Bhagavatam</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="SB_Canto_4" text="SB Canto 4"><h3>SB Canto 4</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="SB 4.20.14" link_text="SB 4.20.14, Purport">
<div class="heading">In the modern state the government has many rules and regulations for conducting the duties of the prajās, but the government neglects to see that the citizens advance in spiritual knowledge.</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:SB 4.20.14|SB 4.20.14, Purport]]:''' Lord Visnu advised Maharaja Prthu that a king is not enjoined to give up his kingdom and the responsibility of protecting the prajas, or citizens, to instead go away to the Himalayas for liberation. He can attain liberation while executing his royal duties. The royal duty or the duty of the head of state is to see that the prajas, or the general mass of people, are doing their respective duties for spiritual salvation. A secular state does not necessitate a king or head of state who is indifferent to the activities of the prajas. In the modern state the government has many rules and regulations for conducting the duties of the prajas, but the government neglects to see that the citizens advance in spiritual knowledge. If the government is careless in this matter, the citizens will act whimsically, without any sense of God realization or spiritual life, and thus become entangled in sinful activities.</div>
</div>

<div class="section" id="Lectures" text="Lectures"><h2>Lectures</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="General_Lectures" text="General Lectures"><h3>General Lectures</h3></div>

<span class="LEC-statistics">'''It is not that the honor given to the viceroy exactly like to the king, he becomes a king. No. He is servant of God. But it is the duty of the citizen to honor the representative of the king as king.'''

<div class="quote" book="" link="La Trobe University Lecture -- Melbourne, July 1, 1974" link_text="La Trobe University Lecture -- Melbourne, July 1, 1974">
<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:La Trobe University Lecture -- Melbourne, July 1, 1974|La Trobe University Lecture -- Melbourne, July 1, 1974]]'''

Prabhupada: Actually a God conscious person is neither Westerner nor Easterner. So anywhere he goes, the devotees, as they receive him, they accept. These devotees, they have arranged the raised seat, so we have accepted this raised seat. If they wanted to sit down on the floor, I would have gladly accepted. I have no objection, this or that. But as the devotees receive and they give honor, that is good for them, because actually we should honor the Supreme Lord, God, and His representative. Nowadays it is different. Students and people are learning not to honor. But that is not actually the system. According to Vedic system, the representative of God must be honored as God. Yasya prasadad bhagavat-prasadah **. Just like in India we had British rule. The governor general, he was viceroy. So he was given honor, as much honor we used to give to the king. So that is the etiquette. That is the system. It is not that the honor given to the viceroy exactly like to the king, he becomes a king. No. He is servant of God. But it is the duty of the citizen to honor the representative of the king as king. That is etiquette. That is our Vedic system.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the chariot driver

2011-12-14T09:19:44Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the chariot driver"|"duty of the charioteer"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Samvit}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|4march08}}

{{last|05Nov08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=1|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Chariot Driver]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Other_Books_by_Srila_Prabhupada" text="Other Books by Srila Prabhupada"><h2>Other Books by Srila Prabhupada</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="Krsna,_The_Supreme_Personality_of_Godhead" text="Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead"><h3>Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="OB" link="KB 76" link_text="Krsna Book, Chapter 76">
<div class="heading">According to Vedic military principles, the chariot driver and the hero on the chariot must cooperate during the fighting. As such, because it was the duty of the chariot driver to take care of the hero on the chariot during the dangerous and precarious fighting, Dāruka’s son removed Pradyumna from the battlefield</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:KB 76|Krsna Book, Chapter 76]]:''' Pradyumna's chariot was being driven by the son of Daruka. According to Vedic military principles, the chariot driver and the hero on the chariot must cooperate during the fighting. As such, because it was the duty of the chariot driver to take care of the hero on the chariot during the dangerous and precarious fighting, Daruka's son removed Pradyumna from the battlefield. Two hours later, in a quiet place, Pradyumna regained consciousness, and when he saw that he was in a place other than the battlefield, he addressed the charioteer and condemned him.
"Oh, you have done the most abominable act! Why have you removed me from the battlefield? My dear charioteer, I have never heard that any of our family members was ever removed from the battlefield. None of them left the battlefield while fighting. By this removal you have overburdened me with a great defamation. It will be said that I left the battlefield while fighting was going on. My dear charioteer, I must accuse you -- you are a coward and emasculator! Tell me, how can I go before my uncle Balarama and my father, Krsna, and what shall I say before Them? Everyone will talk about me and say that I fled from the fighting place, and if they inquire from me about this, what will be my reply? My sisters-in-law will play jokes upon me with sarcastic words: ‘My dear hero, how have you become such a coward? How have you become a eunuch? How have you become so low in the eyes of the fighters who opposed you?' I think, my dear charioteer, that you have committed a great offense by removing me from the battlefield."
The charioteer of Pradyumna replied, "My dear sir, I wish a long life for you. I think that I did nothing wrong, for it is the duty of the charioteer to help the fighter in the chariot when he is in a precarious condition. My dear sir, you are completely competent in the battlefield. But it is the duty of the charioteer and the warrior to protect each other in a precarious condition. I was completely aware of the regulative principles of fighting, and I did my duty. The enemy all of a sudden struck you with his club so severely that you lost consciousness. You were in a dangerous position, surrounded by your enemies. Therefore I was obliged to act as I did.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the brahmacari

2011-12-14T09:18:31Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the brahmacari"|"duty of a brahmacari"|"duty of brahmacari"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|5march08}}

{{last|23Nov08}}

{{total|4}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=2|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=1}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Brahmacari]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam"><h2>Srimad-Bhagavatam</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="SB_Canto_3" text="SB Canto 3"><h3>SB Canto 3</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="SB 3.21.45-47" link_text="SB 3.21.45-47, Tanslation and Purport">
<div class="heading">In the morning, the first duty of a brahmacārī seeking spiritual elevation is huta-hutāśana, to offer sacrificial oblations to the Supreme Lord</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:SB 3.21.45-47|SB 3.21.45-47, Tanslation and Purport]]: Entering that most sacred spot with his daughter and going near the sage, the first monarch, Svayambhuva Manu, saw the sage sitting in his hermitage, having just propitiated the sacred fire by pouring oblations into it. His body shone most brilliantly; though he had engaged in austere penance for a long time, he was not emaciated, for the Lord had cast His affectionate sidelong glance upon him and he had also heard the nectar flowing from the moonlike words of the Lord. The sage was tall, his eyes were large, like the petals of a lotus, and he had matted locks on his head. He was clad in rags. Svayambhuva Manu approached and saw him to be somewhat soiled, like an unpolished gem.'''

Here are some descriptions of a brahmacari-yogi. In the morning, the first duty of a brahmacari seeking spiritual elevation is huta-hutasana, to offer sacrificial oblations to the Supreme Lord. Those engaged in brahmacarya cannot sleep until seven or nine o'clock in the morning. They must rise early in the morning, at least one and a half hours before the sun rises, and offer oblations, or in this age, they must chant the holy name of the Lord, Hare Krsna. As referred to by Lord Caitanya, kalau nasty eva nasty eva nasty eva gatir anyatha: there is no other alternative, no other alternative, no other alternative, in this age, to chanting the holy name of the Lord. The brahmacari must rise early in the morning and, after placing himself, should chant the holy name of the Lord. From the very features of the sage, it appeared that he had undergone great austerities; that is the sign of one observing brahmacarya, the vow of celibacy. If one lives otherwise, it will be manifest in the lust visible in his face and body. The word vidyotamanam indicates that the brahmacari feature showed in his body. That is the certificate that one has undergone great austerity in yoga. A drunkard or smoker or sex-monger can never be eligible to practice yoga. Generally yogis look very skinny because of their not being comfortably situated, but Kardama Muni was not emaciated, for he had seen the Supreme Personality of Godhead face to face. Here the word snigdhapangavalokanat means that he was fortunate enough to see the Supreme Lord face to face. He looked healthy because he had directly received the nectarean sound vibrations from the lotus lips of the Personality of Godhead. Similarly, one who hears the transcendental sound vibration of the holy name of the Lord, Hare Krsna, also improves in health. We have actually seen that many brahmacaris and grhasthas connected with the International Society for Krishna Consciousness have improved in health, and a luster has come to their faces. It is essential that a brahmacari engaged in spiritual advancement look very healthy and lustrous. The comparison of the sage to an unpolished gem is very appropriate. Even if a gem just taken from a mine looks unpolished, the luster of the gem cannot be stopped. Similarly, although Kardama was not properly dressed and his body was not properly cleansed, his overall appearance was gemlike.</div>
</div>

<div class="sub_section" id="SB_Canto_4" text="SB Canto 4"><h3>SB Canto 4</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="SB" link="SB 4.24.53" link_text="SB 4.24.53, Purport">
<div class="heading">Generally people think that simply by executing the occupational duties of a brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya or śūdra or the duty of a brahmacārī, gṛhastha, vānaprastha or sannyāsī one becomes fearless or securely attains liberation, but factually unless all these occupational duties are accompanied by bhakti-yoga, one cannot become fearless</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:SB 4.24.53|SB 4.24.53, Purport]]:''' The word sva-dharmam (as in sva-dharmam anutisthatam) indicates that the system of varnasrama -- which indicates the occupational duties of the brahmana, ksatriya, vaisya and sudra and which is the perfect institution for humanity -- must be supported by bhakti-yoga if one at all wants security in life. Generally people think that simply by executing the occupational duties of a brahmana, ksatriya, vaisya or sudra or the duty of a brahmacari, grhastha, vanaprastha or sannyasi one becomes fearless or securely attains liberation, but factually unless all these occupational duties are accompanied by bhakti-yoga, one cannot become fearless. In Bhagavad-gita there are descriptions of karma-yoga, jnana-yoga, bhakti-yoga, dhyana-yoga, etc., but unless one comes to the point of bhakti-yoga, these other yogas cannot help one attain the highest perfection of life. In other words, bhakti-yoga is the only means for liberation. We find this conclusion also in Caitanya-caritamrta in a discussion between Lord Caitanya and Ramananda Raya regarding a human being's liberation from this material world. In that discussion Ramananda Raya referred to the execution of varnasrama-dharma, and Lord Caitanya indicated that the varnasrama-dharma was simply external (eho bahya). Lord Caitanya wanted to impress upon Ramananda Raya that simply by executing the duties of varnasrama-dharma one is not guaranteed liberation. Finally Ramananda Raya referred to the process of bhakti-yoga: sthane sthitah sruti-gatam tanu-van-manobhih (SB 10.14.3). Regardless of one's condition of life, if he practices bhakti-yoga, which begins with hearing (sruti-gatam) the transcendental messages of the Lord through the mouths of devotees, he gradually conquers the unconquerable God.</div>
</div>

<div class="section" id="Lectures" text="Lectures"><h2>Lectures</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures" text="Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures"><h3>Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="" link="Introduction to Gitopanisad" link_text="Introduction to Gitopanisad">
<div class="heading">So a brahmacārī is trained in such a way that although he has collected everything, but he does not claim anything. He does not keep anything with him</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Introduction to Gitopanisad|Introduction to Gitopanisad]]:''' A brahmacari is trained up from the very beginning how to become a sannyasi at the end of life. How he is trained up? He is trained up to collect for guru alms. Everywhere the brahmacari would go to householder, and they ask, "Mother, give us some alms for my Guru Maharaja." And the ladies would give him. Because everyone's son goes to the gurukula. So there was no hesitation. And the brahmacari would collect and bring it in the asrama, and then he should live just like a menial servant. He may be a king's son or a very learned brahmana's son, but when he lives at gurukula, he has to work.
It is said in the sastra... In Bhagavad-gita, in Srimad-Bhagavatam you will find the duty of brahmacari, the duty of grhastha, the duty of vanaprastha, the duty of sannyasa. Everything is there. So a brahmacari is trained in such a way that although he has collected everything, but he does not claim anything. He does not keep anything with him. Even though he has to eat in the asrama, but that he will eat upon the calling by the guru, "My dear such and such, please come and take your prasadam." It is said, if the guru forgets to call him one day, he will not take his food. This is called brahmacari, means strictly following.</div>
</div>

<div class="sub_section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures"><h3>Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Lec" link="Lecture on SB 7.12.2 -- Bombay, April 13, 1976" link_text="Lecture on SB 7.12.2 -- Bombay, April 13, 1976">
<div class="heading">So what is the duty of the brahmacārī, it is now said. The first duty is that sāyaṁ prātar upāsīta: "They should be taught how to worship the Supreme Lord at least twice in a day</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.12.2 -- Bombay, April 13, 1976|Lecture on SB 7.12.2 -- Bombay, April 13, 1976]]:''' So if there is varna-sankara population, that means the human civilization is lost. Therefore here is the civilization, how... In this Srimad-Bhagavatam, Narada Muni is describing how civilization should be advanced. The first proposal is brahmacari, how to create brahmacari. Brahmacari guru-grhe vasan danto guror hitam. What is that? So what is the duty of the brahmacari, it is now said. The first duty is that sayam pratar upasita: "They should be taught how to worship the Supreme Lord at least twice in a day," sayam pratah, "in the morning and in the evening." Tri-sandhya. The prescription is for tri-sandhya. One should take bath three times. In India there is no difficulty. Even in Western countries you have got very good arrangement, hot water and cold water. You can arrange and can take bath. This is essential. Not that sleeping up to ten o'clock. This kind of civilization will not help you. This asuric civilization will degrade the human society. He got the opportunity of elevating himself, even going back to home, back to Godhead. But for want of real civilization they are going again back to monkey and cats and dogs. This is a fact. So the Krsna consciousness movement is trying to save them from going back to become cats and dogs. Instead of going back there, they are trying to send him back to God. That is Krsna consciousness movement.</div>
</div>

<div class="section" id="Correspondence" text="Correspondence"><h2>Correspondence</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="1967_Correspondence" text="1967 Correspondence"><h3>1967 Correspondence</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Let" link="Letter to Kirtanananda -- New York 13 April, 1967" link_text="Letter to Kirtanananda -- New York 13 April, 1967">
<div class="heading">Therefore it is the duty of a Brahmacari to go door to door as beggar and enlighten people in Krishna consciousness</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Letter to Kirtanananda -- New York 13 April, 1967|Letter to Kirtanananda -- New York 13 April, 1967]]:''' Krishna consciousness means to increase the number of persons in Krishna consciousness. Therefore it is the duty of a Brahmacari to go door to door as beggar and enlighten people in Krishna consciousness. Whenever you go to some person he will hear something from the devotee about Krishna consciousness and that will be very much beneficial for both the devotee and the person who hears the devotee. In India the Brahmacaris are meant for begging from door to door for the Spiritual Master. But in your country this activity is not allowed, therefore some devices like selling the publications recruiting members, inviting them to our meetings and likewise activities must be taken by the Brahmacaris and that will be nice. Grhasthas or the householders have responsibility of family therefore whatever contribution they can offer for the Society is welcome.</div>
</div>
</div>

Duty of the bona fide spiritual master

2011-12-14T09:18:03Z

Bhaktavasagovinda:

<div id="compilation">
<div id="facts">
{{terms|"duty of the bona fide spiritual master"}}

{{notes|}}

{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti}}

{{complete|ALL}}

{{first|5march08}}

{{last|31Dec08}}

{{total|1}}

{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}

{{toc right}}

[[Category:Duty Of...]]

[[Category:Bona Fide Spiritual Master]]
</div>

<div class="section" id="Lectures" text="Lectures"><h2>Lectures</h2></div>

<div class="sub_section" id="Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures" text="Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures"><h3>Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures</h3></div>

<div class="quote" book="Lec" link="Lecture on SB 1.2.18 -- Calcutta, September 26, 1974" link_text="Lecture on SB 1.2.18 -- Calcutta, September 26, 1974">
<div class="heading">Therefore he's Kṛṣṇa's representative. Kṛṣṇa is personally asking that "You surrender to Me," and it is the duty of the bona fide spiritual master, guru, to say to his disciple that "You surrender to Kṛṣṇa.</div>

<div class="text">'''[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.18 -- Calcutta, September 26, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.2.18 -- Calcutta, September 26, 1974]]:''' So here it is said... And who will recite Bhagavatam daily unless he has dedicated his life for Bhagavan? He's bhagavata. Grantha-bhagavata, and the person bhagavata. Bhagavata. Maha-bhagavata. A person, a devotee is called bhagavata. And the grantha-bhagavata. So we have to serve both. We have to hear daily Srimad-Bhagavatam from the realized person. Nityam bhagavata-sevaya [SB 1.2.18]. The guru, the devotee, they are bhagavata. So we have to serve, we have to please them. That is also said in the Bhagavad-gita. Tad viddhi pranipatena pariprasnena sevaya [Bg. 4.34]. If you want to learn the transcendental subject matter, then you must adopt three things. Tad viddhi... First of all surrender. Find out that kind of person where you can surrender. If there is no surrender, it is not possible.
So the, the Vaisnava philosophy begins from surrender. Therefore Krsna says, sarva-dharman parityajya mam ekam saranam vraja [Bg. 18.66]. That is the order of Krsna. And what is the difference between Krsna and His representative? The representative says that "You surrender to Krsna." He never says that "You surrender to me. I have become Krsna." That is a nonsense, rascal. He will say the same thing. Therefore he's Krsna's representative. Krsna is personally asking that "You surrender to Me," and it is the duty of the bona fide spiritual master, guru, to say to his disciple that "You surrender to Krsna." He'll never say that "You surrender to Me. I have become Krsna. Now I have realized soul. I have become Bhagavan." He's a rascal.</div>
</div>
</div>